Substituted quinoline compounds

ABSTRACT

This invention relates to MTP/Apo-B secretion inhibitors of Formula (I)  
                 
         wherein R 1 -R 7 , X 1 , m and n are as defined in the specification, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and methods of use of the compounds and compositions. The compounds of the invention are useful in treating obesity and associated diseases, conditions or disorders.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION

This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional PatentApplication Ser. No. 60/541,678, filed Feb. 4, 2004, and U.S.Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/633,763, filed Dec. 6, 2004,each incorporated herein by reference.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

This invention relates to substituted quinoline compounds and the usethereof. The present compounds are inhibitors of microsomal triglyceridetransfer protein (MTP) and/or apolipoprotein B (Apo B) secretion and areuseful, for example for weight management and for the treatment ofobesity and associated diseases. These compounds are also useful for theprevention and treatment of atherosclerosis and its clinical sequelae,for lowering serum lipids, and for the prevention and treatment ofrelated diseases. The invention further relates to pharmaceuticalcompositions comprising these compounds and to methods of treatingobesity, atherosclerosis, and related diseases and/or conditions withsaid compounds, used either alone or in combination with otherpharmaceutical agents, including lipid lowering agents. Further still,the invention relates to certain chemical processes and intermediatesthat are useful in the preparation of the compounds of the presentinvention.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Obesity is a major public health concern because of its increasingprevalence and associated health risks. Moreover, obesity may affect aperson's quality of life through limited mobility and decreased physicalendurance as well as through social, academic and job discrimination.

Obesity and overweight are generally defined by body mass index (BMI),which is correlated with total body fat and serves as a measure of therisk of certain diseases. BMI is calculated by weight in kilogramsdivided by height in meters squared (kglm²). Overweight is typicallydefined as a BMI of 25-29.9 kg/m², and obesity is typically defined as aBMI of 30 kg/m² or higher. See, e.g., National Heart, Lung, and BloodInstitute, Clinical Guidelines on the Identification, Evaluation, andTreatment of Overweight and Obesity in Adults, The Evidence Report,Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIHpublication no. 98-4083 (1998).

Recent studies have found that obesity and its associated health risksare not limited to adults, but also affect children and adolescents to astartling degree. According to the Center for Disease Control, thepercentage of children and adolescents who are defined as overweight hasmore than doubled since the early 1970s, and about 15 percent ofchildren and adolescents are now overweight. Risk factors for heartdisease, such as high cholesterol and high blood pressure, occur withincreased frequency in overweight children and adolescents compared withnormal-weight subjects of similar age. Also, type 2 diabetes, previouslyconsidered an adult disease, has increased dramatically in children andadolescents. Overweight conditions and obesity are closely linked totype 2 diabetes. It has recently been estimated that overweightadolescents have a 70% chance of becoming overweight or obese adults.The probability increases to about 80% if at least one parent isoverweight or obese. The most immediate consequence of being overweightas perceived by children themselves is social discrimination.

There are possible adverse health consequences of being overweight orobese as such individuals are at increased risk for ailments such ashypertension, dyslipidemia, type 2 (non-insulin dependent) diabetes,insulin resistance, glucose intolerance, hyperinsulinemia, coronaryheart disease, angina pectoris, congestive heart failure, stroke,gallstones, cholescystitis, cholelithiasis, gout, osteoarthritis,obstructive sleep apnea and respiratory problems, gall bladder disease,certain forms of cancer (e.g., endometrial, breast, prostate, and colon)and psychological disorders (such as depression, eating disorders,distorted body image and low self esteem) (CDC website, supra). Thenegative health consequences of obesity make it the second leading causeof preventable death in the United States and impart a significanteconomic and psychosocial effect on society. See, McGinnis M, Foege WH., “Actual Causes of Death in the United States,” JAMA, 270, 2207-12(1993).

Obesity is now recognized as a chronic disease that requires treatmentto reduce its associated health risks. Although weight loss is animportant treatment outcome, one of the main goals of obesity managementis to improve cardiovascular and metabolic values to reduceobesity-related morbidity and mortality. It has been shown that 5-10%loss of body weight can substantially improve metabolic values, such asblood glucose, blood pressure, and lipid concentrations. Hence, it isbelieved that a 5-10% intentional reduction in body weight may reducemorbidity and mortality.

Currently available prescription drugs for managing obesity generallyreduce weight by primarily inducing satiety or decreasing dietary fatabsorption. Satiety is achieved by increasing synaptic levels ofnorepinephrine, serotonin, or both. For example, stimulation ofserotonin receptor subtypes 1B, 1D, and 2C and 1- and 2-adrenergicreceptors decreases food intake by regulating satiety. See, Bray G A,“The New Era of Drug Treatment. Pharmacologic Treatment of Obesity:Symposium Overview,” Obes Res., 3(suppl 4), 415s-7s (1995). Adrenergicagents (e.g., diethylpropion, benzphetamine, phendimetrazine, mazindol,and phentermine) act by modulating central norepinephrine and dopaminereceptors through the promotion of catecholamine release. Olderadrenergic weight-loss drugs (e.g., amphetamine, methamphetamine, andphenmetrazine), which strongly engage in dopamine pathways, are nolonger recommended because of the risk of their abuse. Fenfluramine anddexfenfluramine, both serotonergic agents used to regulate appetite, areno longer available for use.

Microsomal triglyceride transfer protein catalyzes the transport oftriglyceride, cholesteryl ester, and phospholipids and has beenimplicated as a putative mediator in the assembly of Apo B-containinglipoproteins, which are biomolecules that contribute to the formation ofatherosclerotic lesions. Specifically, the subcellular (lumen of themicrosomal fraction) and tissue (liver and intestine) distribution ofMTP have led to speculation that it plays a role in the assembly ofplasma lipoproteins, as these are the sites of plasma lipoproteinassembly. The ability of MTP to catalyze the transport of triglyceridebetween membranes is consistent with this speculation, and suggests thatMTP may catalyze the transport of triglyceride from its site ofsynthesis in the endoplasmic reticulum membrane to nascent lipoproteinparticles within the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum.

It has been reported that MTP/Apo B secretion inhibitors are useful inreducing food intake in mammals (European patent application publicationNo. 1 099 438 A2). The use of certain MTP/Apo B secretion inhibitors inthe treatment of atherosclerosis and associated diseases includingobesity is disclosed in a number of patents. See, for example, U.S. Pat.Nos. 5,919,795; 6,369,075 and 6,121,282.

Compounds which inhibit MTP and/or otherwise inhibit Apo B secretion areaccordingly useful in the treatment of atherosclerosis and conditionsfrequently associated therewith. Such conditions include, for example,hypercholesterdlemia, hypertriglyceridemia, pancreatitis, and obesity;and hypercholesterdlemia, hypertriglyceridemia, and hyperlipidemiaassociated with pancreatitis, obesity, and diabetes. For a detaileddiscussion, see for example, Wetterau et al., Science, 258, 999-1001,(1992), Wetterau et al., Biochem. Biophys. Acta., 875, 610-617 (1986),European patent application/publication Nos. 0 584 446 B1 and 0 643 057A1, the latter of which refers to certain compounds which have utilityas inhibitors of MTP. Other examples of MTP and/or Apo B secretioninhibitors may be found in e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,712,279; 5,968,950;6,066,653 and 6,492,365; PCT patent application publication Nos. WO96/40640, WO 97/43257, WO 98/27979, WO 00/05201, WO 02/28835 and WO03/002533; and European patent application publication No. 1 099 701 A1.

Although investigations are ongoing, there still exists a need for amore effective and safe therapeutic treatment for reducing or preventingweight-gain.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to a compound of Formula (I)

wherein:

-   -   R¹ is a group of the formula R^(1a) or R^(1b)        and is attached to the 2 or 3 position of the quinoline group of        Formula (I);    -   m is an integer from 0 to 2;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 4;    -   p is an integer from 0 to 5;    -   q is an integer from 0 to 3;    -   r is a bond or an integer from 1 to 3;    -   X is —N— or —C(R^(a))— where R^(a) is H or R⁹;    -   X¹ is —N— or —C(R^(b))— where R^(b) is H or R⁷;    -   R², R⁷, R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently selected from the group        consisting of halo, —OH, —CN, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-,        alkoxyalkyl- having 2 to 4 carbon atoms,        halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-,        (C₁-C₄)alkylthio-, hydroxy(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, benzyloxy,        (C₂-C₄)alkenyl, (C₂-C₄)alkynyl, —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹),        —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)CO₂R¹², —N(R¹¹)S(O)_(s)R¹², —C(O)R²,        —CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹², —SO₂N(R^(c))(R¹¹) and —S(O)_(v)R¹²;    -   each R^(c) is independently H or (C₁-C₄)alkyl;    -   s is the integer 1 or 2;    -   v is an integer from 0 to 2;    -   R³ and R⁴ are each H or are taken together with the carbon atom        to which they are attached to form a carbonyl group;    -   R⁵ and R¹⁰ are each independently selected from the group        consisting of H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halo-substituted (C₁-C₄)alkyl,        (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, —C(O)R¹², alkoxyalkyl- having 2 to 4 carbon        atoms, alkylthioalkyl- having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and —SO₂R¹²;    -   R⁶ is (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        halo, —OH and —CN, or    -   R⁶ is pyridyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl- in which the        pyridyl and phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the        phenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1 to 3        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halo-substituted (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-,        halo-substituted (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, halo, —OH and —CN, or    -   R⁶ is (C₂-C₁₀)alkenyl, (C₂-C₁₀)alkynyl, —CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³),        —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R²⁰), —CO₂R²⁰ or —CH₂—W—Y where W is —O— or —S—; and    -   Y is selected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl,        (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl and        phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, where the (C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionally        substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from        the group consisting of halo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹²,        —C(O)R¹², —C(O)OR¹², —OC(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and        —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); the (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group and the        cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group are optionally        substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from        the group consisting of halo, oxo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN, —CF₃,        —OCF₃, —C(O)OR¹² and —OR¹²; and the phenyl group and the phenyl        moiety of the phenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with        1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group        consisting of halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃,        —C(O)OR¹² and —OR¹²;    -   each R¹¹ is independently selected from the group consisting of        H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl,        (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₄)alkyl- having 3 to 5        carbon atoms and (C₁-C₃)alkylthio(C₂-C₄)alkyl- having 3 to 5        carbon atoms;    -   each R¹² is independently (C₁-C₄)alkyl or (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl,        where the (C₁-C₄)alkyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, halo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃ and —OCF₃;    -   R¹³ is selected from the group consisting of (C₃-C₆)alkyl,        phenylmethyl-, —C(O)R¹⁶ and —S(O)₂R¹⁶;    -   R¹⁴ is selected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,        (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl and        phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, where the (C₁-C₆)alkyl group is optionally        substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from        the group consisting of halo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹²,        —C(O)R¹², —CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and        —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); the (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group and the        cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group are optionally        substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from        the group consisting of halo, oxo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN, —CF₃,        —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; and the phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of        the phenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1 to 3        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and        —OR¹²;    -   R¹⁵ is selected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl,        (C₂-C₆)alkenyl, (C₂-C₆)alkynyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl,        (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl, phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-,        pyridyl, pyridyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, —C(O)R¹² and —SO₂R¹², where the        (C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 3        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        halo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)R¹², —C(O)OH,        —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅, —C(O)OCH₂C(O)N(R_(c))(R¹¹), —C(O)OR¹², —OC(O)R¹²,        —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); and the phenyl group and        the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group are optionally        substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from        the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH,        —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)OH, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅, and —C(O)OR¹²;        or    -   R¹⁵ is —(CH₂)_(t)N(R¹⁷)(R¹⁸) where t is an integer from 2 to 4        and R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ are taken together with the nitrogen atom to        which they are attached to form a heterocyclic ring containing 3        to 6 ring-atoms in which rings containing 5 or 6 ring-atoms are        optionally substituted with oxo and optionally include an        additional heteroatom moiety selected from the group consisting        of —O—, —S— and —N(R¹⁹)—; or    -   R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which        they are attached to form a heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 6        ring-atoms in which rings containing 5 or 6 ring-atoms are        optionally substituted with oxo and optionally include an        additional heteroatom moiety selected from the group consisting        of —O—, —S— and —N(R¹⁹)—;    -   R¹⁹ is H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl or halo-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl;    -   R¹⁶ is (C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, where the        (C₁-C₆)alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 3        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        halo, —CN, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and (C₁-C₄)alkylthio, and the phenyl        group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group are        optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently        selected from the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and        (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-; and

R²⁰ is selected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl andphenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, where the (C₁-C₆)alkyl group is optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)R¹²,—CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); the(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group and the cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkylgroup are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halo, oxo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN,—CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; and the phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of thephenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof or a prodrug of said compound or said salt.

Preferably X is —C(R^(a))— and X¹ is —N— or —C(R^(b))—, more preferablyX is —C(R^(a))— and X¹ is —C(R^(b))13 . In other aspects of theinvention both of X and X¹ are —N—, or X is —N— and X¹ is —C(R^(b))—.R^(a), R^(b) and R^(c), independently, are preferably H.

In the numbering system used herein to identify the positioning ofsubstituents on the aromatic rings containing X and/or X¹ ring-atomswhere reference is made to a structural formula depicting such aromaticring(s) as containing an X or X¹ ring-atom, highest priority is assignedto the X and X¹ ring atoms, and they are accordingly each numbered “1”as shown in Formula (I) above. However, the numbering system used innaming specific compounds of the invention in which such aromaticring(s) is/are phenyl (i.e., X is —C(R^(a))— and/or X¹ is —C(R^(b))—) isthe conventional numbering system for phenyl rings for the ring in whichX is —C(R^(a))— or X¹ is —C(R^(b))—.

In R¹, the —C(O)N(R¹⁰)— moiety is preferably positioned ortho (i.e.,adjacent) to the R⁸-bearing phenyl group or the (C₄-C₇)cycloalkyl groupin R¹, and, when X is —N—, is preferably attached to the 2 or 3 positionof the pyridine ring of R¹. In this embodiment, the R⁸-bearing phenylgroup or the (C₄-C₇)cycloalkyl group is preferably attached to the 2 or3 position of the pyridyl ring not occupied by —C(O)N(R¹⁰)—. In apreferred embodiment where X is —N—, the R⁸-bearing phenyl group or the(C₄-C₇)cycloalkyl occupies the 2 position and —C(O)N(R¹⁰)— occupies the3 position of the pyridine ring as illustrated in Formula (R^(1a1)) andFormula (R^(1b1)) below:

The R¹ group is preferably attached to the 2 position of the quinolinegroup in Formula (I), i.e. ortho to the N atom of the quinoline group.Preferred embodiments are shown in Formulas (IA) and (IB) below:

-   -   where X, X¹, r, R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R¹⁰ and n are as defined        above, generally and preferably.

The integer r is preferably 1 or 2.

Each R² in Formula (I), independently, is preferably selected from thegroup consisting of F, Cl, —CH₃ and —CF₃, more preferably from among Cl,—CH₃ and —CF₃. The integer m is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.

Preferably, each R⁷ is independently selected from the group consistingof halo, —OH, —CN, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, alkoxyalkyl- having 2to 4 carbon atoms, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl- andhalo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-. More preferably, R⁷ is selected from thegroup consisting of from F, Cl, Br, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-,fluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl- (e.g., —CF₃, —CHF₂, —C₂F₅) andfluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy- (e.g., —OCF₃). Still more preferably,R⁷ is selected from the group consisting of Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,(C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and —CF₃. Most preferably R⁷ is selected from the groupconsisting of Cl, —CH₃, —OCH₃ and —CF₃. The integer n is preferably 0 or1, more preferably 0. When n is 1, R⁷ is preferably attached to the 5 or6 position of the ring in Formula (I).

Each R⁸, independently, is preferably selected from the group consistingof halo, —OH, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, alkoxyalkyl- having 2 to 4carbon atoms, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-,halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, benzyloxy, (C₂-C₄)alkenyl and —S(O)R¹²;more preferably, from the group consisting of from F, Cl, Br,(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, fluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-,benzyloxy-, —S(O)_(v)R¹² and fluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-. Stillmore preferably, R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of Cl,(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and —CF₃. Still more preferably, R⁸ isselected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and—CF₃. Still more preferably, R⁸ is (C₁-C₄)alkyl or —CF₃. Mostpreferably, R⁸ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃ or —CF₃. In a further preferredembodiment R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkyl(particularly branched chain alkyl such as —CH(CH₃)₂ or —C(CH₃)₃),(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, —CF₃, benzyloxy-, (C₂-C₄)alkenyl- (e.g., —C(CH₃)═CH₂)and —S(O)_(v)R¹² (e.g., —S(O)_(v)(C₁-C₄)alkyl such as —SCH₃ or—S(O)₂CH₃)). The integer p is preferably 1 or 2; more preferably, 1.When p is 1, R⁸ is preferably attached at the 4 position of the phenylgroup.

Each R⁹, independently, is preferably selected from the group consistingof F, Cl, —CH₃ and —CF₃, more preferably from among Cl, —CH₃ and —CF₃.Most preferably, R⁹ is —CH₃. The integer q is preferably 0 or 1; morepreferably, 0.

R⁵ and R¹⁰, independently, are preferably H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl orhalo-substituted(C, C₄)alkyl; more preferably, H, —CH₃ or —CF₃; mostpreferably, H or —CH₃.

Each R¹¹, independently, is preferably selected from the groupconsisting of H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and fluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-.

Each R¹², independently, is preferably (C₁-C₄)alkyl optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and halo (e.g., F or Cl). In oneaspect of the invention, the R¹² (C₁-C₄)alkyl group is unsubstituted.

Many of the compounds of this invention have one or more chiral carbonatoms. For example, in the compounds of Formula (I), the carbon atom towhich R⁶ is attached will be asymmetric in the majority of the presentcompounds. The description of specific compounds herein as being “R” or“S” means that the carbon atom to which R⁶ is attached has the assignedconfiguration, i.e., “R” or “S”, which is determined in accordance withthe sequence rules originally described in Cahn R S, Ingold C and PrelogV, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 5, 385 (1966).

R⁶ is preferably (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl, pyridyl, phenyl, phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-,—CH₂—W—Y, —CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³), —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵) or —CO₂R²⁰ in which the(C₁-C₁₀)alkyl, pyridyl or the phenyl group or moiety is optionallysubstituted.

More preferably, R⁶ is optionally substituted (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl, optionallysubstituted pyridyl, —CH₂—W—Y, —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵) or —CO₂R²⁰.

Still more preferably, R⁶ is optionally substituted (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl,optionally substituted pyridyl, —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵) or —CO₂R²⁰.

Still more preferably, R⁶ is optionally substituted (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl,optionally substituted pyridyl or —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵).

Still more preferably, R⁶ is optionally substituted (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl or—C(O)N(R⁴)(R⁵).

Most preferably, R⁶ is —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵).

Many of the compounds of this invention have one or more chiral carbonatoms. For example, in the compounds of Formula (I), the carbon atom towhich R⁶ is attached will be asymmetric in the majority of the presentcompounds. The description of specific compounds herein as being “R” or“S” means that the carbon atom to which R⁶ is attached has the assignedconfiguration, i.e., “R” or “S”, which is determined in accordance withthe sequence rules originally described in Cahn R S, Ingold C and PrelogV, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 5, 385 (1966).

In the embodiment of the invention where R⁶ is optionally substituted(C₁-C₁₀)alkyl, the alkyl is preferably a (C₁-C₈)alkyl. Preferably, thealkyl is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of F and —OH. Thesubstituents R³ and R⁴ in this embodiment are preferably taken togetherwith the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a carbonylgroup. The other substituents and parameters in this embodiment (R⁶ isoptionally substituted (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl) are as defined above in thisapplication, generally and preferably. Preferred compounds of thisembodiment of the invention (R⁶ is optionally substituted (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl)include the compounds of Examples 98, 100, 101 and 105 where X and X¹are both —CH—:

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ isoptionally substituted (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl) include the compoundscorresponding to those of Examples 98, 100, 101 and 105 except that X is—N— instead of —CH—.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ isoptionally substituted (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl) include the following compoundscorresponding to those of Examples 98, 100, 101 and 105 except that Xand X¹ are both —N— instead of —CH—.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ isoptionally substituted (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl) include the following compoundscorresponding to those of Examples 98, 100, 101 and 105 except that X¹is —N— instead of —CH—.

In the embodiment where R⁶ is pyridyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl- inwhich the pyridyl or the phenyl group or moiety is optionallysubstituted, the substituents are preferably selected from (C₁-C₄)alkyl,halo-substituted (C₁-C₄)alkyl- (e.g., Cl- or F-substituted alkyl- suchas —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CF₃ or —CHF₂), (C₁-C₄)alkoxy- (e.g., —OCH₃, —OC₂H₅ or—OCH(CH₃)₂), halo (e.g., F or Cl), and OH; more preferably, from(C₁-C₄)alkyl, F-substituted (C₁-C₄)alkyl-, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, F and Cl; andmost preferably from (C₁-C₄)alkyl, —CF₃, —OCH₃, F and Cl. R⁶ in thisembodiment is preferably pyridyl, particularly 2-pyridyl. Thesubstituents R³ and R⁴ in this embodiment are preferably taken togetherwith the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a carbonylgroup. The other substituents and parameters for this embodiment are asdefined above in this application, generally and preferably.

Preferred compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ isoptionally substituted pyridyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-) and X andX¹ are both —CH— include the compounds of Examples 108, 111 and 112.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ isoptionally substituted pyridyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-) and X is—N— and X¹ is —CH— include the compounds corresponding to those ofExamples 108, 111 and 112 except that X is —N— and X¹ is —CH—:

In other embodiments of the invention, R⁶ is (C₂-C₁₀)alkenyl or(C₂-C₁₀)alkynyl, preferably (C₂-C₈)alkenyl or (C₂-C₈)alkynyl, morepreferably (C₂-C₆)alkenyl or (C₂-C₆)alkynyl, most preferably(C₂-C₄)alkenyl (e.g., allyl) or (C₂-C₄)alkynyl (e.g., propargyl).

In the embodiment where R⁶ is —CH₂—W—Y, W is preferably —O—, Y ispreferably selected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, phenyl and phenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-; morepreferably, from H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl and phenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-; mostpreferably, from H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl-.

The (C₁-C₆)alkyl group of Y is unsubstituted or is substituted,preferably with 1 to 3 substituents. In a preferred embodiment, thesubstituents are independently selected from the group consisting of F,Cl, —C(O)R¹², —C(O)OR¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹).

The cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group of Y is unsubstitutedor is substituted, preferably with 1 to 3 substituents. In a preferredembodiment the substituents are independently selected from the groupconsisting of F, Cl, oxo and (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

The phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group of Y areunsubstituted or substituted, preferably with 1 to 3 substituents. In apreferred embodiment, the substituents are independently selected fromthe group consisting of F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, —OH, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)OR¹²and —OR¹²; more preferably, from F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and —CF₃.

In this embodiment (R⁶ is —CH₂—W—Y), R³ and R⁴ are preferably takentogether with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form acarbonyl group. The other substituents and parameters are as definedabove in this application, generally and preferably.

Preferred compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is —CH₂—W—Y)include the compounds of Examples 69-71 where X and X¹ are both —CH—:

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is—CH₂—W—Y) include the compounds corresponding to those of Examples 69-71except that X is —N— instead of —CH—.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is—CH₂—W—Y) include the compounds corresponding to those of Examples 69-71except that X and X¹ are both —N—instead of —CH—.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is—CH₂—W—Y) include the compounds corresponding to those of Examples 69-71except that X¹ is —N— instead of —CH—.

In the embodiment where R⁶ is —CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³), R¹³ is preferablyselected from the group consisting of phenylmethyl-, —C(O)R¹⁶ and—S(O)₂R¹⁶. More preferably, R¹³ is —C(O)R¹⁶ or —S(O)₂R¹⁶; mostpreferably, —C(O)R¹⁶. R¹⁶ is preferably is (C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl orphenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-; more preferably (C₁-C₆)alkyl or phenyl.

The (C₁-C₆)alkyl group of R¹⁶ is unsubstituted or is substituted,preferably with 1 to 3 substituents. In a preferred embodiment thesubstituents are independently selected from the group consisting of F,Cl and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-.

The phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group of R¹⁶are unsubstituted or are substituted, preferably with 1 to 3substituents. In a preferred embodiment the substituents areindependently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyland (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-; more preferably, from Cl, —CH₃ and —OCH₃.

R³ and R⁴ in this embodiment are preferably taken together with thecarbon atom to which they are attached to form a carbonyl group. Theother substituents and parameters are as defined above in thisapplication, generally and preferably.

Preferred compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is—CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³)) include the compounds of Examples 79, 80 and 82-84where X and X¹ are both —CH—:

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is—CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³)) include the compounds corresponding to those ofExamples 79, 80 and 82-84 except that X is —N— instead of —CH—.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is—CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³)) include the compounds corresponding to those ofExamples 79, 80 and 82-84 except that X and X¹ are both —N— instead of—CH—.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is—CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³)) include the compounds corresponding to those ofExamples 79, 80 and 82-84 except that X¹ is —N— instead of —CH—.

The embodiment where R⁶ is —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵) is a preferred embodiment ofthe invention.

R¹⁴ is preferably selected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, phenyl andphenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-; more preferably, from H and (C₁-C₄)alkyl,particularly —CH₃ or —C₂H₅.

The (C₁-C₆)alkyl group of R¹⁴ is optionally substituted, preferably with1 to 3 substituents. In a preferred embodiment the substituents areindependently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, —OH, —OCF₃,and —OR¹²; more preferably, from F, Cl, —OH and —OCF₃. Most preferably,the optional substituent is F.

The cycloalkyl group and the cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkylgroup of R¹⁴ are optionally substituted, preferably with 1 to 3substituents. In a preferred embodiment the substituents areindependently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, oxo,(C₁-C₄)alkyl, —OH, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; more preferably, from F, Cl,oxo and (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

The phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group of R¹⁴are optionally substituted, preferably with 1 to 3 substituents. In apreferred embodiment the substituents are independently selected fromthe group consisting of F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, —OH, —CF₃,—OCF₃ and —OR¹²; more preferably, from F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-; most preferably, from Cl, —CH₃ and —OCH₃.

R¹⁵ is preferably selected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl(particularly n-pentyl), (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl, phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, pyridyl,pyridyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, —C(O)R¹², —SO₂R¹² and —(CH₂)_(t)N(R¹⁷)(R¹⁸); morepreferably, from H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,(C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl, phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, pyridyl andpyridyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-. Still more preferably, R¹⁵ is selected from thegroup consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,(C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, pyridyl andpyridyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-. Still more preferably, R¹⁵ is selected from thegroup consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl,(C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, phenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl- andpyridyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl- (e.g., pyridylmethyl such as 2-pyridylmethyl). Mostpreferably, R¹⁵ is H, optionally substituted phenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl- (e.g.,optionally substituted benzyl) or optionally substituted (C₁-C₈)alkyl.

The (C₁-C₈)alkyl group of R¹⁵ is preferably unsubstituted or it may besubstituted, preferably with 1 to 3 substituents. Substituted alkyl forR¹⁵ includes, for example, groups such as —(C₁-C₈)alkylCO₂H and variousesters thereof (e.g., —(CH₂)₂CO₂CH₃). In a preferred embodiment thesubstituents are independently selected from the group consisting of F,Cl, oxo, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅, —C(O)OCH₂C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹), —C(O)OR¹²,—OH, —OCF₃, and —OR¹²; more preferably, from F, Cl, oxo, —OH and —OCF₃;most preferably, from F, oxo, —OH and —OCF₃.

The phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group of R¹⁵are unsubstituted or are substituted, preferably with 1 to 3substituents. In a preferred embodiment the substituents areindependently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅, and—C(O)OR¹², more preferably from F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-,—OH, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅, and —C(O)OR¹². In a preferredembodiment, the phenylalkyl group of R¹⁵ is unsubstituted benzyl or afluoro-substituted benzyl, particularly 4-F-benzyl.

When R¹⁵ is —(CH₂)_(t)N(R¹⁷)(R¹⁸), and R¹⁷ and R¹³ are taken togetherwith the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form an optionallysubstituted heterocyclic ring containing 5 or 6 ring-atoms andoptionally including an additional heteroatom moiety, the additionalheteroatom moiety is preferably —O— or —N(R¹⁹)—, where R¹⁹ is preferably(C₁-C₄)alkyl or F-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl- (e.g., —CF₃ or —CHF₂); morepreferably, (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

Alternatively, in another preferred embodiment, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are takentogether with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form aheterocyclic ring containing 3 to 6 ring-atoms (preferably 5 or 6) inwhich rings containing 5 or 6 ring-atoms are optionally substituted withoxo and optionally include an additional heteroatom moiety. Preferably,the additional heteroatom moiety is —O— or —N(R¹⁹)—, where R¹⁹ ispreferably (C₁-C₄)alkyl or F-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl- (e.g., —CF₃ or—CHF₂); more preferably, (C₁-C₄)alkyl. The additional heteroatom moietyis more preferably —O—.

In this embodiment, where R⁶ is —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵), R³ and R⁴ arepreferably taken together with the carbon atom to which they areattached to form a carbonyl group. The other substituents and parametersare as defined above in this application, generally and preferably.

Preferred compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is—C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵)), where X and X¹ are both —CH—, include the compoundsof Examples 1-7,9-12, 16-21, 25, 26, 30-32, 34, 35, 47-55 and 58-64.

A particularly preferred compound of this embodiment is:

-   (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-bi    phenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid    (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide, the compound of Example 1.

The following two compounds, where X and X¹ are both —CH—, are also ofparticular interest:

-   (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid [(4-hydroxy-pentylcarbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide and-   (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-bi    phenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid    [(4-oxo-pentylcarbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (where R⁶is —O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵)) include the compounds corresponding to those ofExamples 1-7,9-12, 16-21, 25, 26, 30-32, 34, 35, 47-55 and 58-64 exceptthat X is —N— instead of —CH—.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (where R⁶is —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵)) include the compounds corresponding to those ofExamples 1-7,9-12, 16-21, 25, 26, 30-32, 34, 35, 47-55 and 58-64 exceptthat X and X¹ are both —N— instead of —CH—.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (where R⁶is —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵)) include the compounds corresponding to those ofExamples 1-7,9-12, 16-21, 25, 26, 30-32, 34, 35, 47-55 and 58-64 exceptthat X¹ is —N— instead of —CH—.

The embodiment where R⁶ is —CO₂R²⁰ is also a preferred embodiment of theinvention.

R²⁰ is preferably selected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₅-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₅-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, phenyl andphenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-; more preferably, from (C₁-C₆)alkyl.

The (C₁-C₆)alkyl group of R²⁰ is unsubstituted or is substituted,preferably with 1 to 3 substituents. In a preferred embodiment, thesubstituents are independently selected from the group consisting ofhalo, oxo, —OH, —OCF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)R¹², —CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹²,—N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); more preferably, from halo, OH,—C(O)R¹², —CO₂R¹² and —OC(O)R¹²; most preferably, from F, Cl, —OH and—C(O)R¹².

The cycloalkyl group and the cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkylgroup of R²⁰ are unsubstituted or are substituted, preferably with 1 to3 substituents. In a preferred embodiment, the substituents areindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, oxo,(C₁-C₄)alkyl, —OH, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; more preferably, from halo(e.g., F or Cl), oxo, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and —CF₃.

The phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group of R²⁰are unsubstituted or are substituted, preferably with 1 to 3substituents. In a preferred embodiment the substituents areindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; more preferably, from halo(e.g., F or Cl), (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy and —CF₃.

R³ and R⁴ in this embodiment are preferably taken together with thecarbon atom to which they are attached to form a carbonyl group. Theother substituents and parameters are as defined above in thisapplication, generally and preferably.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention, where R⁶is —CO₂R²⁰, are(S)-phenyl-({2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carbonyl}-amino)-aceticacid methyl ester and the corresponding ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl,n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl,t-pentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, neohexyl and t-hexyl esters; particularlythe methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl andn-hexyl esters where X and X¹ are both —CH—.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention, where R⁶is —CO₂R²⁰, include the following compounds where X is —N— and X¹ is—CH—:(S)-phenyl-[(2-{[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-pyridine-3-carbonyl]-amino}-quinoline-6-carbonyl)-amino]-aceticacid methyl ester and the corresponding ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl,n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl,t-pentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, neohexyl and t-hexyl esters; particularlythe methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl andn-hexyl esters.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention (R⁶ is—CO₂R²⁰), where X and X¹ are both —CH—, are the compound of Example 113and the corresponding ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl,s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, t-pentyl, n-hexyl,isohexyl, neohexyl and t-hexyl esters; particularly the methyl, ethyl,n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl esters.

Representative compounds of this embodiment of the invention, where R⁶is —CO₂R²⁰, include the following compounds where X is —CH— and X¹ is—N—:(S)-pyridin-2-yl-({2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carbonyl)-amino)-aceticacid methyl ester and the corresponding ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl,n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl,t-pentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, neohexyl and t-hexyl esters; particularlythe methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl andn-hexyl esters.

Additional preferred compounds of the invention include the compounds ofExamples 39, 40, 42-46, 114, 115, 117, 119-122, 124-126, 128, 130-144,146-150, 152, 155, 157, 160-169, 171-174, 176, 177, 189-196198-200,202-208210, 211 and 213-215.

A preferred embodiment of the invention pertains to compounds of Formula(IA-1).

wherein R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R¹⁰ and n are as defined above,generally and preferably. The R⁸ substituent is preferably positioned atC-4 of the phenyl ring.

Another preferred embodiment of the invention pertains to compounds ofFormula (IA-1a)

wherein R⁵, R¹⁰, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are as defined above, generally andpreferably. In these embodiments the carbon atom to which—C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵) is attached preferably has the (S) configuration. R/Smixtures, e.g., racemic mixtures, are also preferred.

A further preferred embodiment of the invention pertains to compounds ofFormula (IA-1b)

wherein R⁵, R¹⁰ and R²⁰ are as defined above, generally and preferably.

A further preferred embodiment of the invention pertains to compounds ofFormula (IA-1c)

wherein the (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl is optionally substituted and R⁵ and R¹⁰ areas defined above, generally and preferably. In these embodiments thecarbon atom to which —(C₁-C₁₀)alkyl is attached preferably has the (R)configuration. R/S mixtures, e.g., racemic mixtures, are also preferred.

Compounds corresponding to the compounds of Formulas (IA-1a), (IA-1b)and (IA-1c) in which R⁸ is (C₁-C₄)alkyl instead of —CF₃ are alsopreferred embodiments.

The invention also relates to polymorphic forms of the compounds of theinvention; in particular to polymorphs of(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide., which is the (S) isomer ofthe compound of Formula (IA-1a) wherein R⁵, R¹⁰ and R¹⁴ are H and R¹⁵ is—(CH₂)₄CH₃. More specifically, the present invention providescrystalline Forms A and B of(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide having X-ray powderdiffraction patterns substantially the same as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2respectively. It is to be understood that some level of noise isinherent in the generation of a diffraction pattern, i.e., peaks inintensity are to be discriminated from background according to methodswell-known in the art. In a preferred embodiment, the X-ray powderdiffraction pattern for Form A is substantially the same as that shownin FIG. 1. In a more preferred embodiment, Form A has an X-ray powderdiffraction pattern having peaks at 2-theta values substantially thesame as the 2-theta values for at least ten of the peaks of highestintensity in the X-ray powder diffraction pattern shown in FIG. 1.

Another aspect of this invention pertains to the compounds of Formulas(D), (F) and (D-G) which are intermediates useful in the preparation ofcompounds of Formula (I).

Formula (D-G₁) represents a preferred subgenus of Formuls (D-G). R⁵, R⁶,R⁷, X¹ and n are as defined above, generally and preferably. In apreferred embodiment, R⁶ is (C₁-C₈)alkyl, 2-pyridyl or —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵)in which R¹⁴ is H, —CH₃ or —C₂H₅) and R¹⁵ is (C₁-C₈)alkyl, benzyl or afluorinated benzyl such as 4-fluorobenzyl.

The —OR²¹ moiety in (F) is —OH or any leaving group that is displaceablewith —OH under routine conditions of acid- or base-catalyzed hydrolysis.R²¹ may also be a cation, for example of an alkali metal, such as K⁺).Typically, R²¹ will be H, an alkyl group, preferably of 1 to 4 carbonatoms (e.g., —CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂, —(CH₂)₂CH₃, or —C(CH₃)₃), phenyl, aphenylalkyl group of 1 to 4 alkyl carbon atoms, e.g., benzyl, or acation. Preferably, R²¹ is H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, benzyl or a cation. R², R⁸,R⁹, R¹⁰, X, m, p, and q are as defined above, generally and preferably.

Formula (F-1) represents a preferred subgenus of Formula (F) and Formula(F-1′) represents a preferred subgenus of Formula (F-1). In a preferredembodiment, R¹⁰ in (F), (F-1), (F-1′) is H or —CH₃; more preferably, H.In a further preferred embodiment, R⁸ is —CF₃ or (C₁-C₄)alkyl. Otherintermediates of particular interest of the present invention includecompounds which are the same as the compounds of Formulas (F), (F-1) and(F-1′) except that they have a (C₄-C₇)cycloalkyl group in place of theR⁸-bearing phenyl group.

This invention also relates to the salts, solvates and hydrates of thecompounds of the invention. The compounds and intermediates of theinvention that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide varietyof salts with various inorganic and organic acids. The acids that may beused to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of suchcompounds of the are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e.salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions. Certain of theintermediates of the invention are acidic in nature and are capable offorming salts with various bases. Sodium and potassium salts arepreferred.

The present invention also relates to prodrugs of the present compounds.Compounds of Formula (I) having free amino or hydroxy groups can beconverted into, for example, esters or amides, that are reconvertable invivo to the underivatized compounds of Formula (i).

In another embodiment of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition isprovided which comprises a compound of Formula (I). In a furtherembodiment the composition also comprises at least one additionalpharmaceutical agent, which is preferably an antihypertensive agent, ananti-inflammatory agent, a lipid-lowering agent, a cholesterol-loweringagent, an antidiabetes agent or an anti-obesity agent.

Also provided is a method of treating obesity in an animal in need ofsuch treatment, which comprises administering to the animal atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate or hydrate ofsaid compound or said salt. In a further embodiment the method furthercomprises administering said compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, or a solvate or hydrate of said compound orsaid salt in combination with at least one additional pharmaceuticalagent, preferably another anti-obesity agent.

Also provided is a method of treating obesity in an animal in need ofsuch treatment which comprises administering to the animal atherapuetically effective amount of an intestinal-selective MTPinhibitor compound of Formula (I). Preferably, the ED₂₅ of a compound ofFormula (I) for the inhibition of intestinal fat absorption is at least5-fold lower than the ED₂₅ of the compound for the lowering of serumtriglycerides. More preferably, the ED₂₅ for the inhibition ofintestinal fat absorption is at least 1 0-fold lower than the ED₂₅ ofthe compound for the lowering of serum triglycerides. Still morepreferably, the compound exhibits an ED₂₅ for the inhibition ofintestinal fat absorption which is at least 50-fold lower than the ED₂₅of the compound for the lowering of serum triglycerides.

As used herein, the term “selectivity” or “selective” refers to agreater effect of a compound in a first assay, compared to the effect ofthe same compound in a second assay. In the present invention, the firstassay is for the ability of the compound to inhibit intestinal fatabsorption and the second assay is for the ability of the compound tolower serum triglycerides. In a preferred embodiment, the ability of thecompound to inhibit intestinal fat absorption is measured by the ED₂₅ ofthe compound in an intestinal fat absorption assay, such that a greatereffect of the compound results in the observation of a lower absolute(numerical) value for the ED₂₅. In another preferred embodiment, theability of the compound to lower serum triglycerides is measured by theED₂₅ of the compound in a serum triglyceride assay. Again, a greatereffect of a compound in the serum triglyceride-lowering assay results inthe observation of a lower absolute (numerical) value for the ED₂₅. Anillustrative example of each assay is provided hereinbelow, but it is tobe understood that any assay capable of measuring the effectiveness of acompound in inhibiting intestinal fat absorption, or capable ofmeasuring the effectiveness of a compound in lowering serumtriglycerides, is encompassed by the present invention.

In a preferred embodiment, the intestinal-selective MTP inhibitorcompound is a compound of Formula (IA-1a), wherein R⁵, R¹⁰, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵are as defined above, generally and preferably, and the carbon atom towhich the —C₆H₅ is attached has the (S) configuration. More preferably,the intestinal-selective MTP inhibitor compound is(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide.

Also provided is a method of weight control in an animal which comprisesadministering to the animal a weight-controlling amount of a compound ofFormula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate orhydrate of said compound or said salt. The compound of Formula (I) maybe used alone or in combination with at least one additionalpharmaceutical agent, preferably an anti-obesity agent.

The present invention also provides a method of reducing food intake inan animal which comprises administering to the animal afood-intake-reducing amount of a compound of Formula (I), apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate or hydrate ofsaid compound or said salt. The compound of Formula (I) may be usedalone or in combination with at least one additional pharmaceuticalagent, preferably an anti-obesity agent.

Also provided is a method of causing reduced fat absorption in an animalwhich comprises administering to the animal a fat-absorption-reducingamount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, or a solvate or hydrate of said compound or said salt. Thecompound of Formula (I) may be used alone or in combination with atleast one additional pharmaceutical agent, preferably an anti-obesityagent.

Also provided is a method of treating atherosclerosis, pancreatitissecondary to hypertriglyceridemia or hyperglycemia in an animal in needof such treatment, which comprises administering to the animal atherapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate or hydrate ofsaid compound or said salt.

The compound of Formula (I) may be used alone or in combination with atleast one additional pharmaceutical agent, preferably one that is usefulin treating atherosclerosis, pancreatitis secondary tohypertriglyceridemia or hyperglycemia.

Also provided is a method of treating atherosclerosis, pancreatitissecondary to hypertriglyceridemia or hyperglycemia (1) by causing areduced absorption of dietary fat through MTP inhibition, (2) bylowering triglycerides through MTP inhibition or (3) by decreasing theabsorption of free fatty acids through MTP inhibition; in an animal inneed of such treatment, which comprises administering to the animal atherapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate or hydrate ofsaid compound or said salt. The compound of Formula (I) may be usedalone or in combination with at least one additional pharmaceuticalagent, preferably one that is useful in treating atherosclerosis,pancreatitis secondary to hypertriglyceridemia or hyperglycemia.

Also provided is a method of treating diabetes, including impairedglucose tolerance, insulin resistance, insulin dependent diabetesmellitus (Type I) and non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NI DDM orType II), which comprises administering to the animal a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, or a solvate or hydrate of said compound orsaid salt. The compound of Formula (I) may be used alone or incombination with at least one additional pharmaceutical agent,preferably one that is useful in treating diabetes. In a preferredembodiment the diabetes is Type II diabetes. In another preferredembodiment the animal is a human. In a further preferred embodiment theanimal is feline, preferably a cat.

A further aspect of the present invention pertains to a pharmaceuticalkit for use by a consumer in the treatment or prevention of obesity,atherosclerosis, pancreatitis secondary to hypertriglyceridemia orhyperglycemia. The kit comprises (a) a suitable dosage form comprising acompound of Formula (I); and (b) instructions describing a method ofusing the dosage form to treat or prevent obesity, atherosclerosis,pancreatitis secondary to hypertriglyceridemia or hyperglycemia.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a pharmaceuticalkit comprising: (a) a first pharmaceutical composition comprising acompound of Formula (I), (b) a second pharmaceutical compositioncomprising a second compound useful for the treatment or prevention ofobesity, atherosclerosis, pancreatitis secondary to hypertriglyceridemiaor hyperglycemia; and (c) a container for containing the first andsecond compositions.

Definitions

As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a straight- or branched-chainhydrocarbon radical of the general formula C_(n)H_(2n+1). For example,the term “(C₁-C₆)alkyl” refers to a monovalent, straight- orbranched-chain, saturated aliphatic group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms(e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl,t-butyl, n-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl,neopentyl, 3,3-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, and the like).Similarly, the alkyl portion of any group, e.g., an alkoxy, acyl,alkylamino, dialkylamino, or alkylthio group, has the same meaning asabove.

“Halo-substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with oneor more halogen atoms (e.g., —CH₂Cl, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —C₂F₅, and the like).Likewise, “fluoro-substituted alkyl” means the alkyl group issubstituted with one or more fluorine atoms.

The term “acyl” refers to alkyl-, partially saturated or fully saturatedcycloalkyl-, partially saturated or fully saturated heterocycle-, aryl-,and heteroaryl-substituted carbonyl groups. For example, acyl includesgroups such as (C₁-C₆)alkanoyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkylcarbonyl,heterocyclecarbonyl, aroyl (e.g., benzoyl) and heteroaroyl.

The term “substituted”, as used herein to modify a group or moiety,means, unless otherwise specified, that the group or moiety issubstituted with one or more substituents that are commonly used inmedicinal chemistry for such a group or moiety.

The term “halo” means F, Cl, Br or I. Preferably, halo will be F, Cl orBr; more preferably, F or Cl.

The term “solvate” refers to a molecular complex of a compoundrepresented by Formula (I) (including prodrugs and pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof) with one or more solvent molecules. Suchsolvent molecules are those commonly used in the pharmaceutical art,which are known to be innocuous to the recipient, e.g., water, ethanol,and the like. The term “hydrate” refers to the complex where the solventmolecule is water.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” indicates that the substance orcomposition must be compatible chemically and/or toxicologically, withthe other ingredients comprising a formulation, and/or the mammal beingtreated therewith.

The term “protecting group” or “PG” refers to a substituent that iscommonly employed to block or protect a particular functionality whilereacting other functional groups on the compound. For example, an“amino-protecting group” is a substituent attached to an amino groupthat blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound.Suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl,t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). Similarly, a “hydroxy-protectinggroup” refers to a substituent of a hydroxy group that blocks orprotects the hydroxy functionality. Suitable protecting groups includeacetyl and silyl. A “carboxy-protecting group” refers to a substituentthat blocks or protects the carboxy functionality such as an estergroup. Common carboxy-protecting groups include —CH₂CH₂SO₂Ph,cyanoethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl,2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(p-nitrophenylsulfenyl)ethyl,2-(diphenylphosphino)ethyl, nitroethyl and the like. For a generaldescription of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene,Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York,1991.

The phrase “therapeutically effective amount” means an amount of acompound of the present invention that (i) treats or prevents theparticular disease, condition, or disorder, (ii) attenuates,ameliorates, or eliminates one or more symptoms of the particulardisease, condition, or disorder, or (iii) prevents or delays the onsetof one or more symptoms of the particular disease, condition, ordisorder described herein.

The term “animal” means humans as well as all other warm-blooded membersof the animal kingdom possessed of a homeostatic mechanism, includingmammals (e.g., companion animals, zoo animals and food-source animals)and birds. Some examples of companion animals are canines (e.g., dogs),felines (e.g., cats) and horses; some examples of food-source animalsare pigs, cows, sheep, poultry and the like. Preferably, the animal is amammal. Preferably, the mammal is a human, a companion animal or afood-source animal. Most preferably, the animal is a human.

The terms “treating”, “treat”, or “treatment” embrace both preventative,i.e. prophylactic, and palliative treatment.

The term “compounds of the present invention” (unless specificallyidentified otherwise) refer to compounds of Formulas (I), including thecompounds of Formulas (IA), (IA-1), (IA-1a), (IA-1 b) and (IA-1c), asdefined above generally and preferably, prodrugs thereof,pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds and/or prodrugs, andhydrates or solvates of the compounds, salts, and/or prodrugs, as wellas all stereoisomers, tautomers and isotopically labeled compounds.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. (1) shows the x-ray diffraction pattern of a sample of crystallineForm A of the title compound of Example (1). The sample was prepared asdescribed in Example (1c).

FIG. (2) shows the x-ray diffraction pattern of a sample of crystallineForm B of the title compound of Example (1). The sample was prepared asdescribed in Example (1d).

The powder diffraction patterns were collected on a Bruker D5000 powderX-ray diffractometer. The D5000 was equipped with copper radiation andSolex solid-state detector. The D5000 used theta/2 theta geometry. Theslit system used to produce the line source was one 1.0 mm slitpresample and two slits post sample (1.0 and 0.6 mm). The samples werescanned from 3.0 to 40.0 degrees in 2 theta. The step size was 0.04degrees and each step was collected for 1 second.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

In the discussion which follows, certain common chemical abbreviationsand acronyms have been employed which include: UHP (urea-hydrogenperoxide adduct), PyBroP (bromo-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphoniumhexafluorophosphate), BOC (tert-butoxycarbonyl), EtOAc (ethyl acetate),NaH (sodium hydride), NaBH(OAc)₃ (sodium triacetoxy borohydride), HOBT(1-hydroxybenzotriazole), EDC(1-ethyl-3-(dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride) and THF(tetrahydrofuran).

The present compounds may be envisioned as being composed of a centralquinoline core and left- and right-hand appendages the individualcomponents of which are represented below by compounds D, E and Grespectively:

Preparation of the present compounds may proceed by combining E and D,then adding G to E-D. Alternatively, D and G may be combined to giveD-G, which is then combined with E.

Scheme Ia below illustrates one means for preparing compounds of Formula(I) where —C(R³)(R⁴)— is —C(O)— and R¹ is R^(1a). The correspondingcompounds where R¹ is R^(1b) may be similarly prepared by patterningcompound (E) in the scheme below after R^(1b) instead of R^(1a) asdescribed below.

The carboxylic acid functionality in the quinolinecarboxylic acid (A) isprotected using standard carboxylic acid protection procedures wellknown in the art, e.g., by formation of the corresponding ester, to givecompound (B). For example, the benzyl ester (R²¹ is benzyl in (B)) maybe prepared by treating a solution of compound (A) in EtOAc at roomtemperature with 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole to produce the activated,imidazolide derivative of (A), then adding benzyl alcohol to thereaction mixture.

The oxidation of compound (B) to the corresponding N-oxide, compound (C)may be conducted by procedures well known in the art. For example, thetert-butyl ester of (B) upon treatment with peroxytrifluoroacetic acid,generated from trifluoroacetic anhydride and UHP, provides thecorresponding tert-butyl ester derivative of (C). Similarly, addition ofthe benzyl ester of (B) to a mixture of UHP and phthalic anhydride inmethylene chloride under an inert atmosphere at room temperature givesthe corresponding benzyl ester of (C).

The N-oxide (C) is treated with a sulfonyl chloride, preferablyp-toluenesulfonyl chloride, to produce the corresponding sulfonatederivative, and the reaction mixture is then treated with a source ofammonia, e.g., aqueous ammonium hydroxide or ammonia in methanol to givethe 2-aminoquinoline compound (D). Alternatively, the ammonia may beproduced in situ in an organic solvent from an ammonium salt and anappropriate base. For example, where R²′ is benzyl, the compound(C)-sulfonyl chloride reaction mixture is added very slowly under aninert atmosphere to a suspension of ammonium chloride in methylenechloride and triethylamine with adequate cooling to control theresulting exotherm and contain the temperature in about the 25 to 30° C.range to give compound (D) where R²¹ is benzyl.

The group “L” in compound (E) is —OH or a leaving group (“LG”) such as achlorine atom or an N-imidazole group. The activated carboxylic acid(E), in which L is LG, may be readily prepared from the correspondingcarboxylic acid using materials and methods that are well known in theart. For example, the acid chloride compound (E) where X is —C(R^(a))—and R⁸ is an optional substitutuent on the phenyl may be prepared fromthe corresponding carboxylic acid by treatment with, for example, oxalylchloride or sulfonyl chloride. The corresponding compound (E) where L inan N-imidazole group may be prepared by the reaction of thecorresponding free acid (E) with 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole. Thecarboxylic acids of (E) where X is —C(R^(a))— are commercially available(e.g., 2-biphenylcarboxylic acid, 4′-methyl-2-biphenylcarboxylic acidand 4′-trifluoromethyl-2-biphenylcarboxylic acid), are known in theliterature (e.g. European patent No. EP 0 059 983), or may be readilyprepared by one of average skill in the art using materials and methodsthat are well known in the art. For example, a general synthesis ofacids (E) where X is —C(R^(a))— involves Suzuki coupling between anarylboronic acid (e.g., 4-isopropylphenylboronic acid) and a halogenatedbenzoic acid ester derivative (e.g., ethyl-2-iodobenzoate), followed byhydrolysis of the ester function. Conditions for the Suzuki couplinginvolve heating the boronic acid and halogenated benzoic acid ester inthe presence of a base (e.g., cesium carbonate, 2 equiv.) and atransition metal catalyst (e.g., tetrakistriphenylphosphinepalladium(0), 1 mol %) in a solvent such as 1,2-dimethoxyethane.

Also, the acids corresponding to those of compound (E) except that theR⁸-bearing phenyl group is replaced with a (C₄-C₇)cycloalkyl group,e.g., 2-cyclohexylbenzoic acid and 2-cyclopentylbenzoic acid, may beprepared as described by Knochel et al (Tetrahedron 2000, 56, 4197)whereby ethyl 2-iodobenzoate is coupled with the correspondingcycloalkylzinc iodide in the presence of a nickel catalyst (Ni(acac)₂)to give the 2-cycloalkylbenzoic acid ethyl ester, which may then beconverted to the corresponding acid by standard hydrolysis (e.g. aqueousLiOH/MeOH/THF).

The amide compound (F) where R¹⁰ is H is formed by coupling thecarboxylic acid (E) with the amino compound (D). The coupling may beachieved using a number of amide-bond forming methods and reagents wellestablished in the chemical literature. A preferred procedure involvescombination of the acid of (E) with the amino compound (D) in thepresence of excess 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide andexcess 4-dimethylaminopyridine dissolved in methylene chloride. Anotherpreferred method for coupling the acid of (E) with the amino compound(D) involves reaction between (D) and the acid chloride of (E). Thereaction is carried out in the presense of a base (e.g., pyridine) usinga solvent such as methylene chloride. Methods and reagents (e.g., oxalylchloride) for preparing the acid chloride derived from E are well knownto those of average skill in the art.

Alternatively, the coupling step and the step in which the activatedcarboxylic acid of (E) (L is a LG) is prepared from the acid of (E) (Lis —OH) may in certain cases be conducted in the same pot. For example,addition, as a solid, of amine (D) where R²¹ is benzyl to the productmixture formed by the reaction of the free acid of (E) with1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole in THF, and heating the reaction mixture atreflux temperature gives compound (E) where R¹⁰ is H and R²¹ is benzyl.

The ester protecting group in compound (E) may be removed to give thecarboxylic acid (F-a) or a salt thereof by saponification. For example,treatment of a mixture of compound (E) where R²¹ is benzyl in 2-propanolwith an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide, and heating thereaction mixture at reflux temperature gives the potassium salt ofcompound (F-a) where R¹⁰ is H. The benzyl ester of compound (E) may alsobe deprotected by hydrogenation using conventional hydrogenationprocedures. Alternatively, in an example where the protecting group is atert-butyl ester, it may be hydrolyzed with strong acid such astrifluoracetic acid or a solution of hydrochloric acid.

Compounds of Formula (F) or (F-a) in which R¹⁰ is alkyl may be preparedby alkylating compound (F) or (F-a) under standard conditions. Forexample, compound (F-a) where R¹⁰ is methyl may be prepared by treatinga solution of (F-a) (R¹⁰ is H) in toluene with dimethyl sulfate in thepresence of potassium carbonate, potassium hydroxide and tetrabutylammonium sulfate as described in the Examples section for thepreparation of the intermediate2-[methyl-(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid.

The coupling of intermediates (F-a) and (G) into the final compound(IA-2) may be conducted using conventional amidation procedures wellknown in the art such as, for example, those disclosed in PCT patentapplication publication No. WO 03/002533. In one method, a base such asdiisopropylethylamine is added in the cold to a solution of compounds(F-a), (G) HOBT and a coupling agent such as EDC in an organic solventsuch as methylene chloride to give the final product amide (IA-2).Alternatively, the potassium salt of compound (F-a) may be convertedinto a mixed anhydride, for example by treatment of the potassium saltin EtOAc and TEA in the cold with a solution of isopropyl chloroformatein toluene followed by allowing the reaction mixture to warm to roomtemperature. To this reaction mixture is added a solution of compound(G) in EtOAc in the cold (e.g., ˜−20° C.) to give compound (IA-2). Onwork-up it may be advantageous to crystallize the product from thereaction mixture (after solvent displacement into ethanol via azeotropicdistillation of EtOAc and toluene with ethanol) in the presence of anamine base such as aqueous ammonium hydroxide to remove any residualcompound (F-a) starting material.

Appropriately substituted intermediate (G) in which the carbon atom towhich R⁶ is attached is chiral or racemic may be prepared byconventional procedures well known in the art (see, for example, WO03/002533 supra and U.S. Pat. No. 6,369,075).

Compound (G) where R⁶ is —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵), n is 0, R⁵ is H or —CH₃ andX¹ is —CH—(compound (G-1)) may be conveniently prepared fromcommercially available Boc-phenylglycines by treatment with HN(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵)and a coupling agent such as PyBroP in the presence of a base such asdiisopropylethylamine followed by removal of the BOC protecting group asillustrated in the equation below for the conversion of (H) into (G-1).Other R⁵ substituents may be introduced by reductive amination bytreating (G-1) with an appropiate aldehyde or ketone and a reducingagent such as NaBH(OAc)₃

Compound (G) where R⁶ is —CO₂R²⁰ may be prepared by esterifyingappropriately substituted (H) with R²⁰⁰H and removing the BOC protectinggroup.

Compound (G) where R⁶ is —CH₂—W—Y may be prepared as illustrated in theequations below for the compound in which W is —O—, n is 0, R⁵ is H andX¹ is —CH— (compound (G-2)). Compound (J) which is commerciallyavailable, is treated with triphenylmethyl chloride in the presence oftriethylamine in an organic solvent such as dichloromethane to give theamine-protected compound (J-1), which is then treated with a Y-halide inthe presence of a base (e.g., NaH) in an organic solvent (e.g., THF) togive, after removal of the triphenylmethyl group by treatment with acid(e.g., 4 M HCl/dioxane), compound (G-2).

Compound (G) where R⁶ is —CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³) may be prepared asillustrated in the equation below for the compound in which n is 0, R⁵is H and X¹ is —CH— (compound (G-4)). Compound (J-2b) may be preparedfrom compound (H) in a manner analogous to that described above for thepreparation of compound (G-1) from (H). Compound (J-2b) is reduced bytreatment with, for example, lithium aluminum hydride in THF to give,after removal of the BOC protecting group, the amine (G-4).

An alternative method for making certain of the compounds of Formula (I)in which R⁶ is —CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³) proceeds via the azide intermediate(G-3), which may be prepared as illustrated in the equations below. Asolution of compound (J-2) and triethylamine in methylene chloride istreated with methanesulfonyl chloride in the cold to give thecorresponding methanesulfonate ester (J-2a), which upon treatment withsodium azide in dimethyl sulfoxide affords the azide (G-3.

Compound (G-3) may be coupled with the appropriately substitutedquinoline-6-carboxylic acid derivative (F-a) to give the correspondingamide adduct in which R⁶ is —CH₂N₃. Treatment with triphenyl phosphine,then with sodium hydroxide (1 N solution) gives the corresponding—CH₂NH₂ compound which may be suitably derivatized to provide compoundsof Formula (I) in which R⁶ is CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³) (see, for example,Examples 5 and 6 below).

Scheme Ib below illustrates an alternative method for preparingcompounds of Formula (I) where —C(R³)(R⁴)— is —C(O)— and R¹ is R^(1a).As above, the corresponding compounds where R¹ is R^(1b) may besimilarly prepared by patterning compound (E) in the scheme below afterR^(1b) instead of R^(1a).

The compound (D) acid (R²¹ is H) or a salt of the acid (e.g., R²¹ is acation such as K⁽⁺⁾) may be coupled with compound (G), under conditionssimilar to those described above for the coupling of compound (F-a) with(G) in Scheme 1a, to give compound (D-G). Similarly, compound (D-G) maybe then coupled with compound (E) (L is —OH or LG) under amidationconditions similar to those described above for the coupling of compound(D) with (E) in Scheme 1a, to give product (IA-2).

The compounds of Formula (I) where R³ and R⁴ are each H may be preparedas illustrated in Scheme 11 below.

The ester functionality in compound (E) is reduced, for example withduisobutyl aluminum hydride in an organic solvent such as THF, to givethe corresponding alcohol (H), which is oxidized, for example with DessMartin periodinane in CH₂Cl₂, to give the corresponding aldehyde (K. Thealdehyde (K) was combined with intermediate (G in the presence of areducing agent such as sodium triacetoxy borohydride to give thecompound of Formula (I) where R³ and R⁴ are each H, compound (IA-3) inScheme 11.

Conventional methods and/or techniques of separation and purificationknown to one of ordinary skill in the art can be used to isolate thecompounds of the present invention, as well as the various intermediatesrelated thereto. Such techniques will be well known to one of ordinaryskill in the art and may include, for example, all types ofchromatography (high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), columnchromatography using common adsorbents such as silica gel, andthin-layer chromatography), recrystallization, and differential (i.e.,liquid-liquid) extraction techniques.

The compounds and intermediates of the invention that are basic innature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with variousinorganic and organic acids. The salts may be prepared in situ duringthe final isolation and purification of a compound, or by separatelyreacting the compound with a suitable organic or inorganic acid andisolating the salt thus formed.

Representative pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of thepresent compounds include hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide,nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate,acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, acid citrate, tartrate,pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate,fumarate, gluconate, glucuronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate,glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate,p-toluenesulfonate, pamoate, palmitate, malonate, stearate, laurate,malate, borate, hexafluorophosphate, naphthylate, glucoheptonate,lactobionate and laurylsulfonate salts and the like. A preferred salt ofthe compounds is the hydrochloride salt.

Certain of the compounds and intermediates of the invention are acidicin nature and are capable of forming salts with bases. The salts mayinclude cations based on the alkali and alkaline earth metals, such assodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well asammonium, quaternary ammonium, and 1°, 2° or 3°amine-derived cationsincluding, but not limited to, ammonium, tetramethylammonium andtetraethylammonium and cations derived from methylamine, ethylamine,dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, and the like. See, e.g.,Berge, et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977). Sodium and potassiumsalts are preferred.

The present invention also includes prodrugs of the compounds of Formula(I). As used herein, the term “prodrug” means a compound that istransformed in vivo to yield a compound of Formula (I) or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound.The transformation may occur by various mechanisms, such as throughhydrolysis in blood. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided byT. Higuchi and W. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; in Bioreversible Carriers in DrugDesign, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association andPergamon Press, 1987; in Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 1996, 19, 115;and in J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 10.

For example, where a compound of the present invention contains acarboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formedby the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a groupsuch as (C₁-C₈)alkyl, (C₂-C₁₂)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethylhaving from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl havingfrom 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6carbon-atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbonatoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbonatoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms,1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms,3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl,di-N,N-(C₁-C₂)alkylamino(C₂-C₃)alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl),carbamoyl-(C₁-C₂)alkyl, N,N-di(C₁-C₂)alkylcarbamoyl-(C₁-C₂)alkyl andpiperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholino(C₂-C₃)alkyl.

Similarly, where a compound of the present invention contains an alcoholfunctional group, a prodrug can be formed by replacement of the hydrogenatom of the alcohol group with a group such as (C₁-C₆)alkanoyloxymethyl,1-((C₁-C₆)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-((C₁-C₆)alkanoyloxy)ethyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(C₁-C₆)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl,succinoyl, (C₁-C₆)alkanoyl, x-amino(C₁-C₄)alkanoyl, arylacyl andα-aminoacyl, or α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group isindependently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids,P(O)(OH)₂, P(O)(O(C₁-C₆)alkyl)₂ or glycosyl (the radical resulting fromthe removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of acarbohydrate).

Where a compound of the present invention contains an amine functionalgroup, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom inthe amine group with a group such as R-carbonyl-, RO-carbonyl-,NRR′-carbonyl- where R and R′ are each independently (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural α-aminoacyl ornatural α-aminoacyl-natural α-aminoacyl, —C(OH)C(O)OY′ wherein Y′ is H,(C₁-C₆)alkyl or benzyl, —C(OY₀)Y₁ wherein Y₀ is (C₁-C₄) alkyl and Y₁ is(C₁-C₆)alkyl, carboxy(C₁-C₆)alkyl, amino(C₁-C₄)alkyl or mono-N— ordi-N,N-(C₁-C₆)alkylaminoalkyl, —C(Y₂)Y₃ wherein Y₂ is H or methyl and Y₃is mono-N- or di-N,N-(C₁-C₆)alkylamino, morpholino, piperidin-1-yl orpyrrolidin-1-yl.

Many of the compounds of the present invention contain one or moreasymmetric or chiral centers, and such compounds therefore exist indifferent stereoisomeric forms (e.g., enantiomers and diasteroisomers).It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the intermediates andcompounds of the present invention as well as mixtures thereof,including racemic mixtures, which possess properties useful in thetreatment of the conditions discussed herein or are intermediates usefulin the preparation of compounds having such properties, form a part ofthe present invention. In addition, the present invention embraces allgeometric isomers and atropisomers. For example, if an intermediate orcompound of the present invention contains a double bond or a fusedring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embracedwithin the scope of the invention.

Diastereomeric mixtures may be separated into their individualdiastereoisomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences bymethods well known to those skilled in the art, such as bychromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers may beseparated by use of a chiral HPLC column. They may also be separated byconverting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture byreaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiralauxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride),separating the diastereoisomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) theindividual diastereoisomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers.

The compounds of the present invention may exist in unsolvated as wellas solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such aswater, ethanol, and the like, and both solvated and unsolvated forms areincluded within the scope of the invention.

A number of the compounds of the present invention and intermediatestherefor exhibit tautomerism and therefore may exist in differenttautomeric forms under certain conditions. All such forms (e.g., allketo-enol and imine-enamine forms) are within the scope of theinvention. The depiction of any particular tautomeric form in any of thestructural formulas herein is not intended to be limiting with respectto that form, but is meant to be representative of the entire tautomericset.

The present invention also embraces isotopically-labeled compounds whichare identical to the compounds of Formula (I) or intermediates thereforbut for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom havingan atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or massnumber usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can beincorporated into the intermediates or compounds of the inventioninclude isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus,sulfur, fluorine, iodine, and chlorine, such as ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C,¹³N, ¹⁵N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁷O, ¹⁸O, ³¹P, ³²P, ³⁵S, F, ¹²³I, ¹²⁵I and ³⁶Cl,respectively.

Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention (e.g.,those labeled with ³H and ¹⁴C) are useful in compound and/or substratetissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon-14 (i.e.,¹⁴C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparationand detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such asdeuterium (i.e., ²H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resultingfrom greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life orreduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in somecircumstances. Positron emitting isotopes such as ¹⁵O, ¹³N, ¹¹C, and ¹⁸Fare useful for positron emission tomography (PET) studies to examinesubstrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically labeled compounds of thepresent invention can generally be prepared by following proceduresanalogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examplesherein by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for anon-isotopically labeled reagent.

The compounds of the present invention inhibit MTP/Apo B secretion, andare therefore useful in treating or preventing any of the disease statesor conditions in which Apo B, serum cholesterol and/or triglyceridelevels are elevated. Such disease states or conditions include obesity,atherosclerosis, pancreatitis, hypercholesterolemia,hypertriglyceridemia, hyperlipidemia and diabetes. The present inventionis also useful in treating or managing non-obese overweight conditionsand normal weight conditions where weight control or management isdesired in order to prevent an obese or overweight condition fromdeveloping, or to just maintain an optimum, healthy weight. Also, thecompounds of the present invention are useful in treating or preventingthe diseases and conditions that are clinical sequelae of the diseasesor conditions mentioned above. Additionally, the present compounds areuseful in the treatment or prevention of any condition in which it isdesirable to reduce food intake.

Therefore, the present invention provides methods of treatment orprevention of such disease states or conditions in an animal whichcomprises administering to the animal a compound of Formula (I),preferably a therapeutically effective amount thereof. A preferredsubgroup of the disease states or conditions described hereinabove isatherosclerosis, obesity, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia,hyperlipidemia, and diabetes as well as non-obese overweight conditions.

The present compounds will generally be administered in the form of apharmaceutical composition. Accordingly, the present invention alsoprovides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound of Formula (I) in admixture with apharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, as well as methods oftreatment or prevention of disease states or conditions that aremodulated by MTP or Apo-B secretion inhibitors in an animal, whichcomprises administering to the animal such a pharmaceutical composition.

The compounds of Formula (I) and compositions containing them are alsouseful in in the manufacture of a medicament for the therapeuticapplications described herein.

The compounds of the present invention may be administered to a patientat dosage levels in the range of about 0.1 mg to about 3,000 mg per day.The dosage for a human is from about 1 mg to about 1,000 mg per day;preferably, from about 1 mg to about 500 mg per day; more preferably,from about 1 mg to about 250 mg per day; most preferably, from about 1mg to about 100 mg per day; generally from about 1 mg to about 50 mg perday. The specific dosage and dosage range that can be used depends on anumber of factors, including the age and weight of the patient, the modeof administration, the severity of the condition or disease beingtreated, and the pharmacological activity of the compound beingadministered. The determination of dosage ranges and optimal dosages fora particular patient is well within the ordinary skill in the art.

The compounds of this invention may be used in conjunction with otherpharmaceutical agents for the treatment of the disease states orconditions described herein. Therefore methods of treatment that includeadministering compounds of the present invention in combination withother pharmaceutical agents are also provided by the present invention.

Suitable pharmaceutical agents that may be used in combination with thecompounds of the present invention include other anti-obesity agentssuch as cannabinoid-1 (CB-1) antagonists (such as rimonabant),11-hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase-1 (11β-HSD type 1) inhibitors, peptideYY (PYY) and PYY agonists (such as PYY₃₋₃₆ or analogs or derivativesthereof), MCR-4 agonists, cholecystokinin-A (CCK-A) agonists, monoaminereuptake inhibitors (such as sibutramine), sympathomimetic agents, β3adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine receptor agonists (such asbromocriptine), melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, 5HT2creceptor agonists, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptin(the OB protein), leptin analogs, leptin receptor agonists, galaninantagonists, lipase inhibitors (such as tetrahydrolipstatin, i.e.orlistat), anorectic agents (such as a bombesin agonist), neuropeptide-Yreceptor antagonists (e.g., NPY Y5 receptor antagonists), thyromimeticagents, dehydroepiandrosterone or an analog thereof, glucocorticoidreceptor agonists or antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists,glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, ciliary neurotrophic factors(such as Axokine™ available from Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.,Tarrytown, N.Y. and Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio), humanagouti-related protein (AGRP) inhibitors, ghrelin receptor antagonists,histamine 3 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists, neuromedin Ureceptor agonists and the like.

Lipase inhibitors are useful in the practice of the combination aspectof the present invention. Lipase inhibitors inhibit the metaboliccleavage of dietary triglycerides into free fatty acids andmonoglycerides. Under normal physiological conditions, lipolysis occursvia a two-step process that involves acylation of an activated serinemoiety of the lipase enzyme. This leads to the production of a fattyacid-lipase hemiacetal intermediate, which is then cleaved to release adiglyceride. Following further deacylation, the lipase-fatty acidintermediate is cleaved, resulting in free lipase, a monoglyceride and afatty acid. The resultant free fatty acids and monoglycerides areincorporated into bile acid-phospholipid micelles, which aresubsequently absorbed at the level of the brush border of the smallintestine. The micelles eventually enter the peripheral circulation aschylomicrons. Lipase inhibition activity is readily determined by theuse of standard assays well known in the art. See, for example, MethodsEnzymol. 286: 190-231, incorporated herein by reference.

Pancreatic lipase mediates the metabolic cleavage of fatty acids fromtriglycerides at the 1- and 3-carbon positions. The primary site of themetabolism of ingested fats is in the duodenum and proximal jejunum bypancreatic lipase, which is usually secreted in vast excess of theamounts necessary for the breakdown of fats in the upper smallintestine. Because pancreatic lipase is the primary enzyme required forthe absorption of dietary triglycerides, inhibitors of this lipase findutility in the treatment of obesity and associated conditions.

Gastric lipase is an immunologically distinct lipase that is responsiblefor approximately 10 to 40% of the digestion of dietary fats. Gastriclipase is secreted in response to mechanical stimulation, ingestion offood, the presence of a fatty meal or by sympathetic agents. Gastriclipolysis of ingested fats is of physiological importance in theprovision of fatty acids needed to trigger pancreatic lipase activity inthe intestine and is also of importance for fat absorption in a varietyof physiological and pathological conditions associated with pancreaticinsufficiency. See, for example, C. K. Abrams, et al., Gastroenterology,92, 125 (1987).

A variety of pancreatic lipase inhibitors useful in the presentinvention are described hereinbelow. The pancreatic lipase inhibitorslipstatin, (2S, 3S, 5S, 7Z,10Z)-5-[(S)-2-formamido-4-methyl-valeryloxy]-2-hexyl-3-hydroxy-7,10-hexadecanoicacid lactone, and tetrahydrolipstatin, (2S, 3S,5S)-5-[(S)-2-formamido-4-methyl-valeryloxy]-2-hexyl-3-hydroxy-hexadecanoic1,3 acid lactone, and the variously substituted N-formylleucinederivatives and stereoisomers thereof, are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.4,598,089. Tetrahydrolipstatin may be prepared as described in U.S. Pat.Nos. 5,274,143; 5,420,305; 5,540,917; and 5,643,874. The pancreaticlipase inhibitor FL-386,1-[4-(2-methylpropyl)cyclohexyl]-2-[(phenylsulfonyl)oxy]-ethanone, andvariously substituted sulfonate derivatives related thereto aredisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,452,813. The pancreatic lipase inhibitorWAY-1 21898, which is4-phenoxyphenyl-4-methylpiperidin-1-yl-carboxylate, and variouscarbamate esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts related theretoare disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,512,565; 5,391,571 and 5,602,151. Thepancreatic lipase inhibitor valilactone and a process for preparing itby microbial cultivation of Actinomycetes strain MG147-CF2 are disclosedin Kitahara, et al., J. Antibiotics, 40 (11), 1647-1650 (1987). Thepancreatic lipase inhibitors ebelactone A and ebelactone B and processesfor preparing them by microbial cultivation of Actinomycetes strainMG7-G1 are disclosed in Umezawa, et al., J. Antibiotics, 33, 1594-1596(1980). The use of ebelactones A and B in the suppression ofmonoglyceride formation is disclosed in Japanese Kokai 08-143457,published Jun. 4, 1996. All of the references cited above areincorporated herein by reference.

Preferred lipase inhibitors include lipstatin, tetrahydrolipstatin,valilactone, esterastin, ebelactone A, and ebelactone B, particularlytetrahydrolipstatin. The lipase inhibitorN-3-trifluoromethylphenyl-N′-3-chloro-4′-trifluoromethylphenylurea, andthe various urea derivatives related thereto are disclosed in U.S. Pat.No. 4,405,644. Esteracin is disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,189,438 and4,242,453. The lipase inhibitorcyclo-O,O′-[(1,6-hexanediyl)-bis-(iminocarbonyl)]dioxime and the variousbis(iminocarbonyl)dioximes related thereto may be prepared as describedin Petersen et al., Liebig's Annalen, 562, 205-229 (1949). All of thereferences cited above are incorporated herein by reference.

Preferred NPY receptor antagonists include NPY Y5 receptor antagonists,such as the spiro compounds described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,566,367;6,649,624; 6,638,942; 6,605,720; 6,495,559; 6,462,053; 6,388,077;6,335,345 and 6,326,375; U.S. patent application publication Nos.2002/0151456 and 2003/036652 and PCT patent application publication Nos.WO 03/010175; WO 03/082190 and WO 02/048152.

Other MTP/Apo B secretion inhibitors are also useful as the secondanti-obesity agent in the combination aspect of this invention. Suchinhibitors include, for example, imputapride (Bayer) and the compoundsdisclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,712,279; 5,731,340; 5,741,804; 5,968,950;6,066,653 and 6,492,365; PCT patent application publication Nos. WO96/40640, WO 97/43257, WO 98/23593, WO 98/27979, WO 99/33800, WO00/05201, WO 02/28835 and WO 03/002533; and European patent applicationpublication Nos. 0 584 446; 0 643 057; 1 099 439 and 1 099 701.

The following MTP/Apo B secretion inhibitors are particularly useful:

-   4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylic    acid[2-(1H-[1,2,4,]triazol-3-ylmethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl]-amide;-   4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylic    acid[2-(2-acetylamino-ethyl)-1,2,    3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl]-amide;-   (2-{6-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl}-ethyl)-carbamic    acid methyl ester;-   4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylic    acid[2-(1H-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-1,2,    3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl]-amide;-   4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylic    acid[2-(2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl]-amide;-   4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylic    acid[2-(2-ethoxy-ethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl]-amide;-   (S)-1-ethyl-5-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-1H-indole-2-carboxylic    acid {2-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl}amide;-   (S)-N-{2-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl}-1-methyl-5-[4′-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-carboxamido]-1H-indole-2-carboxamide;-   3-chloro-5-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-1H-indole-2-carboxylic    acid {2-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl}amide;-   3-chloro-1-methyl-5-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-1H-indole-2-carboxylic    acid {2-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl}amide;-   3-chloro-1-methyl-5-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-1H-indole-2-carboxylic    acid {N-[2-(benzyl(methyl)amino)-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl]methyl}amide;-   3-chloro-1-methyl-5-[methyl-(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-1H-indole-2-carboxylic    acid {2-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl}amide;    3-chloro-1-ethyl-5-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-1H-indole-2-carboxylic    acid {2-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl}amide;-   9-[4-[4-(2,3-dihydro-1-oxo-1H-isoindol-2-yl)-1-piperidinyl]butyl]-N-propyl-9H-fluorene-9-carboxamide    (BMS-197636);-   2-[1-(3,3-diphenylpropyl)-4-piperidinyl]-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-one    (BMS-200150); and-   9-[4-(4-[2-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)benzoylamino]piperidin-1-yl)butyl]-N-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-9H-fluorene-9-carboxamide    (BMS 201038).

Preferred anti-obesity agents include orlistat (U.S. Pat. Nos.5,274,143; 5,420,305; 5,540,917; and 5,643,874), sibutramine (U.S. Pat.No. 4,929,629), bromocriptine (U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,752,814 and 3,752,888),ephedrine, leptin, pseudoephedrine and peptide YY₃₃₆ or an analog orderivative thereof (U.S. patent application publication No. 2002/0141985and PCT patent application publication No. WO 03/026591. All of theabove-recited references are incorporated herein by reference.

The compounds of this invention may also be used in conjunction withother pharmaceutical agents (e.g., LDL-cholesterol lowering agents,triglyceride lowering agents) for the treatment of thedisease/conditions described herein. For example, the present compoundsmay be used in combination with an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor, acholesterol synthesis inhibitor, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, aCETP inhibitor, a PPAR modulator or other cholesterol lowering agentsuch as a fibrate, niacin, an ion-exchange resin, an antioxidant, anACAT inhibitor or a bile acid sequestrant. Other pharmaceutical agentsuseful in the practice of the combination aspect of the inventioninclude bile acid reuptake inhibitors, ileal bile acid transporterinhibitors, ACC inhibitors, antihypertensive agents (such as Norvasc®),antibiotics, antidiabetics (such as metformin), PPARγ activators,sulfonylureas, insulin, aldose reductase inhibitors (AR¹) (e.g.,zopolrestat), sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitors (SDI)), andanti-inflammatory agents such as aspirin or, preferably, ananti-inflammatory agent that inhibits cyclooxygenase-2 (Cox-2) to agreater extent than it inhibits cyclooxygenase-1 (Cox-1) such ascelecoxib (U.S. Pat. No. 5,466,823), valdecoxib (U.S. Pat. No.5,633,272, parecoxib (U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,598), deracoxib (CAS RN169590-41-4), etoricoxib (CAS RN 202409-33-4) or lumiracoxib (CAS RN220991-20-8).

A slow-release form of niacin is commercially available under the brandname Niaspan. Niacin may also be combined with other therapeutic agentssuch as lovastatin, which is an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor. Thiscombination therapy is known as Advicor® (Kos Pharmaceuticals Inc.

Any HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor may be used as the second compound inthe combination aspect of this invention. The term HMG-CoA reductaseinhibitor refers to compounds that inhibit the bioconversion ofhydroxymethylglutaryl-coenzyme A to mevalonic acid catalyzed by theenzyme HMG-CoA reductase. Assays for determining are known in the art(e.g., Meth. Enzymol. 1981; 71:455-509 and references cited therein).HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors of interest herein include those disclosedin U.S. Pat. No. 4,231,938 (compounds isolated after cultivation of amicroorganism belonging to the genus Aspergillus, such as lovastatin),U.S. Pat. No. 4,444,784 (synthetic derivatives of the aforementionedcompounds such as simvastatin), U.S. Pat. No. 4,739,073 (substitutedindoles such as fluvastatin), U.S. Pat. No. 4,346,227 (ML-236Bderivatives such as pravastatin), European patent applicationpublication No. 491 226 A (pyridyldihydroxyheptenoic acids such ascerivastatin), U.S. Pat. No. 5,273,995(6-[2-(substituted-pyrrol-1-yl)alkyl]pyran-2-ones such as atorvastatinand pharmaceutically acceptable forms thereof (i.e. Lipitor®))Additional HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors of interest herein includerosuvastatin and pitavastatin. All of the references cited above areincorporated herein by reference.

Any compound having activity as a CETP inhibitor can serve as the secondcompound in the combination therapy aspect of the present invention. Theterm CETP inhibitor refers to compounds that inhibit the cholesterylester transfer protein (CETP) mediated transport of various cholesterylesters and triglycerides from HDL to LDL and VLDL. Such CETP inhibitionactivity is readily determined by those skilled in the art according tostandard assays (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,343). CETP inhibitors usefulin the combination aspect of the present invention include thosedisclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,140,343 and 6,197,786. CETP inhibitorsdisclosed in these patents include compounds such as [2R,4S]4-[(3,5-bis-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-methoxycarbonyl-amino]-2-ethyl-6-trifluoromethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-carboxylicacid ethyl ester, which is also known as torcetrapib. Also of interestare the CETP inhibitors disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No.60/458,274, filed Mar. 28, 2003, U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,548 (polypeptidederivatives), J. Antibiot., 49(8): 815-816 (1996) (rosenonolactonederivatives) and Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.; 6:1951-1954 (1996)(phosphate-containing analogs of cholesteryl ester). All of thereferences cited above are incorporated herein by reference.

Any PPAR modulator may be used as the second compound in the combinationaspect of this invention. The term PPAR modulator refers to compoundswhich modulate peroxisome proliferator activator receptor (PPAR)activity in mammals, particularly humans. Such modulation may be readilydetermined by standard assays known in the art. It is believed that suchcompounds, by modulating the PPAR receptor, stimulate transcription ofkey genes involved in fatty acid oxidation and genes involved in highdensity lipoprotein (HDL) assembly (for example, apolipoprotein Al genetranscription), accordingly reducing whole body fat and increasing HDLcholesterol. By virtue of their activity, these compounds also reduceplasma levels of triglycerides, VLDL cholesterol, LDL cholesterol andtheir associated components and increase HDL cholesterol andapolipoprotein Al. Hence, these compounds are useful for the treatmentand correction of the various dyslipidemias associated with thedevelopment and incidence of atherosclerosis and cardiovascular disease,including hypoalphalipoproteinemia and hypertriglyceridemia. PPARαactivators of interest herein include those disclosed in PCT patentapplication publication Nos. WO 02/064549 and WO 02/064130 and U.S.patent application Ser. No. 10/720,942, filed Nov. 24, 2003. All of thereferences cited above are incorporated herein by reference.

Any HMG-CoA synthase inhibitor may be used as the second compound in thecombination aspect of this invention. The term HMG-CoA synthaseinhibitor refers to compounds that inhibit the biosynthesis ofhydroxymethylglutaryl-coenzyme A from acetyl-coenzyme A andacetoacetyl-coenzyme A, catalyzed by the enzyme HMG-CoA synthase. Suchinhibition is readily determined by standard assays known in the art.(Meth Enzymol. 1975; 35:155-160: Meth. Enzymol. 1985; 110:19-26 andreferences cited therein). HMG-CoA synthase inhibitors of interestinclude those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,120,729 (beta-lactamderivatives), U.S. Pat. No. 5,064,856 (spiro-lactone derivativesprepared by culturing a microorganism (MF5253)) and U.S. Pat. No.4,847,271 (certain oxetane compounds such as11-(3-hydroxymethyl-4-oxo-2-oxetayl)-3,5,7-trimethyl-2,4-undeca-dienoicacid derivatives). All of the references cited above are incorporatedherein by reference.

Any compound that decreases HMG-CoA reductase gene expression may beused as the second compound in the combination aspect of this invention.These agents may be HMG-CoA reductase transcription inhibitors thatblock the transcription of DNA or translation inhibitors that prevent ordecrease translation of mRNA coding for HMG-CoA reductase into protein.Such compounds may either affect transcription or translation directly,or may be biotransformed to compounds that have the aforementionedactivities by one or more enzymes in the cholesterol biosyntheticcascade or may lead to the accumulation of an isoprene metabolite thathas the aforementioned activities. Such regulation is readily determinedby those skilled in the art according to standard assays (Meth.Enzymol., 1985; 110:9-19). U.S. Pat. No. 5,041,432 discloses certain15-substituted lanosterol derivatives that decrease HMG-CoA reductasegene expression. Other oxygenated sterols that suppress synthesis ofHMG-CoA reductase are discussed by E. I. Mercer (Prog. Lip. Res.1993;32:357-416). The references cited above are incorporated herein byreference.

Squalene synthetase inhibitors are also useful in the practice of thecombination aspect of the invention. Such compounds inhibit thecondensation of 2 molecules of farnesylpyrophosphate to form squalene,catalyzed by the enzyme squalene synthetase. Standard assays fordetermining squalene synthetase inhibition are well known in the art.(Meth. Enzymol. 1969; 15: 393-454 and Meth. Enzymol. 1985; 110:359-373and references contained therein. Squalene synthetase inhibitors ofinterest herein include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,026,554(fermentation products of the microorganism MF5465 (ATCC 74011)including zaragozic acid) as well as those included in the summary ofpatented squalene synthetase inhibitors which appears in Curr. Op. Ther.Patents (1993) 861-4. The references cited above are incorporated hereinby reference.

Any squalene epoxidase inhibitor may be used as the second compound inthe combination aspect of this invention. These compounds inhibit thebioconversion of squalene and molecular oxygen intosqualene-2,3-epoxide, catalyzed by the enzyme squalene epoxidase. Suchinhibition is readily determined by those skilled in the art accordingto standard assays (Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1984; 794:466-471). squaleneepoxidase inhibitors of interest herein include those disclosed in U.S.Pat. Nos. 5,011,859 and 5,064,864 (fluoro analogs of squalene), Europeanpatent application publication No. 395,768 A (substituted allylaminederivatives), PCT patent application publication No. WO 93/12069 A(amino alcohol derivatives) and U.S. Pat. No. 5,051,534(cyclopropyloxy-squalene derivatives). All of the references cited aboveare incorporated herein by reference.

Squalene cyclase inhibitors are also contemplated herein as a viablepharmaceutical agent for use in the combination aspect of the invention.These compounds inhibit the bioconversion of squalene-2,3-epoxide tolanosterol, catalyzed by the enzyme squalene cyclase. Such inhibition isreadily determined by standard assays well known in the art. (FEBS Lett.1989;244:347-350.). Squalene cyclase inhibitors of interest includethose disclosed in PCT patent application publication No. WO 94/10150(1,2,3,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydro-5,5,8(beta)-trimethyl-6-isoquinolineaminederivatives, such asN-trifluoroacetyl-1,2,3,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydro-2-allyl-5,5,8(beta)-trimethyl-6(beta)-isoquinolineamine)and French patent application publication No. 2697250 (beta,beta-dimethyl-4-piperidine ethanol derivatives such as1-(1,5,9-trimethyldecyl)-beta, beta-dimethyl-4-piperidineethanol). Thereferences cited above are incorporated herein by reference.

Any combined squalene epoxidase/squalene cyclase inhibitor may be usedas the second component in the combination aspect of this invention. Theterm combined squalene epoxidase/squalene cyclase inhibitor refers tocompounds that inhibit the bioconversion of squalene to lanosterol via asqualene-2,3-epoxide intermediate. Combined squalene epoxidase/squalenecyclase inhibiton is readily determined in standard assays for squalenecyclase inhibitors or squalene epoxidase inhibitors. Squaleneepoxidase/squalene cyclase inhibitors useful in the practice of thecombination aspect of the invention include those disclosed in U.S. Pat.Nos. 5,084,461 and 5,278,171 (azadecalin derivatives), European patentapplication publication No. 468,434 (piperidyl ether and thio-etherderivatives such as 2-(1-piperidyl)pentyl isopentyl sulfoxide and2-(1-piperidyl)ethyl ethyl sulfide), PCT patent application publicationNo. WO 94/01404 (acyl-piperidines such as1-(1-oxopentyl-5-phenylthio)-4-(2-hydroxy-1-methyl)-ethyl)piperidine)and U.S. Pat. No. 5,102,915 (cyclopropyloxy-squalene derivatives). Allof the references cited above are incorporated herein by reference.

The compounds of the present invention can also be administered incombination with naturally occurring substances that act to lower plasmacholesterol levels. These naturally occurring materials are commonlycalled nutraceuticals and include, for example, garlic extract, Hoodiaplant extracts and niacin.

Cholesterol absorption inhibitors may also be used in the combinationaspect of the present invention. The term cholesterol absorptioninhibition refers to the ability of a compound to prevent cholesterolcontained within the lumen of the intestine from entering into theintestinal cells and/or passing from within the intestinal cells intothe blood stream. Such cholesterol absorption inhibition activity isreadily determined in standard assays (e.g., J. Lipid Res. (1993) 34:377-395). Cholesterol absorption inhibitors of interest include thosedisclosed in PCT patent application publication No. WO 94/00480. Apreferred cholesterol absorption inhibitor is Zetia™ (ezetimibe)(Merck/Schering-Plough). The references cited above are incorporatedherein by reference.

Any ACAT inhibitor may serve as the second compound in the combinationtherapy aspect of the present invention. The term ACAT inhibitor refersto compounds that inhibit the intracellular esterification of dietarycholesterol by the enzyme acyl CoA: cholesterol acyltransferase. Suchinhibition may be determined by standard assays, such as the method ofHeider et al. described in Journal of Lipid Research., 24:1127 (1983).ACAT inhibitors useful herein include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.5,510,379 (carboxysulfonates) and PCT patent application publicationNos. WO 96/26948 and WO 96/10559 (both disclose urea derivatives).Preferred ACAT inhibitors include avasimibe (Pfizer), CS-505 (Sankyo)and eflucimibe (Eli Lilly and Pierre Fabre). All of the references citedabove are incorporated herein by reference.

Other compounds that are marketed for hyperlipidemia, includinghypercholesterolemia, and which are intended to help prevent or treatatherosclerosis and are of interest herein include bile acidsequestrants, such as Welchole, Colestid®, LoCholest® and Questran®; andfibric acid derivatives, such as Atromid®, Lopid® and Tricor®.

Diabetes (especially Type II), insulin resistance, impaired glucosetolerance, or the like, and any of the diabetic complications such asneuropathy, nephropathy, retinopathy or cataracts may be treated by theadministration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound ofFormula (I) in combination with one or more other agents (e.g., insulin)that are useful in treasting diabetes.

Any glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor may be used as the second agent incombination with a Formula (I) compound of the present invention. Theterm glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor refers to compounds that inhibitthe bioconversion of glycogen to glucose-1-phosphate, which is catalyzedby the enzyme glycogen phosphorylase. Such glycogen phosphorylaseinhibition activity is readily determined by standard assays well knownin the art (e.g., J. Med. Chem. 41 (1998) 2934-2938). Glycogenphosphorylase inhibitors of interest herein include those described inPCT patent application publication Nos. WO 96/39384 and WO 96/39385. Thereferences cited above are incorporated herein by reference.

Aldose reductase inhibitors are also useful in the practice of thecombination aspect of the present invention. These compounds inhibit thebioconversion of glucose to sorbitol, which is catalyzed by the enzymealdose reductase. Aldose reductase inhibition is readily determined bystandard assays (e.g., J. Malone, Diabetes, 29:861-864 (1980) “Red CellSorbitol, an Indicator of Diabetic Control”, incorporated herein byreference). A variety of aldose reductase inhibitors are known to thoseskilled in the art. The reference cited above are incorporated herein byreference.

Any sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitor may be used in combination with aFormula (I) compound of the present invention. The term sorbitoldehydrogenase inhibitor refers to compounds that inhibit thebioconversion of sorbitol to fructose, which is catalyzed by the enzymesorbitol dehydrogenase. Such sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitor activityis readily determined by the use of standard assays well known in theart (e.g., Analyt. Biochem (2000) 280: 329-331). Sorbitol dehydrogenaseinhibitors of interest include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.5,728,704 and 5,866,578. The references cited above are incorporatedherein by reference.

Any glucosidase inhibitor can be used in the combination aspect of thepresent invention. Such compounds inhibit the enzymatic hydrolysis ofcomplex carbohydrates by glycoside hydrolases such as amylase or maltaseinto bioavailable simple sugars, for example, glucose. The rapidmetabolic action of glucosidases, particularly following the intake ofhigh levels of carbohydrates, results in a state of alimentaryhyperglycemia, which, in adipose or diabetic subjects, leads to enhancedsecretion of insulin, increased fat synthesis and a reduction in fatdegradation. Following such hyperglycemias, hypoglycemia frequentlyoccurs, due to the augmented levels of insulin present. Additionally, itis known that chyme remaining in the stomach promotes the production ofgastric juice, which initiates or favors the development of gastritis orduodenal ulcers. Accordingly, glucosidase inhibitors are known to haveutility in accelerating the passage of carbohydrates through the stomachand inhibiting the absorption of glucose from the intestine.Furthermore, the conversion of carbohydrates into lipids of the fattytissue and the subsequent incorporation of alimentary fat into fattytissue deposits is accordingly reduced or delayed, with the concomitantbenefit of reducing or preventing the deleterious abnormalitiesresulting therefrom. Such glucosidase inhibition activity is readilydetermined by those skilled in the art according to standard assays(e.g., Biochemistry (1969) δ: 4214), incorporated herein by reference.

A generally preferred glucosidase inhibitor includes an amylaseinhibitor. An amylase inhibitor is a glucosidase inhibitor that inhibitsthe enzymatic degradation of starch or glycogen into maltose. Suchamylase inhibition activity is readily determined by use of standardassays (e.g., Methods Enzymol. (1955)1: 149, incorporated herein byreference). The inhibition of such enzymatic degradation is beneficialin reducing amounts of bioavailable sugars, including glucose andmaltose, and the concomitant deleterious conditions resulting therefrom.

Preferred glucosidase inhibitors include acarbose, adiposine, voglibose,miglitol, emiglitate, camiglibose, tendamistate, trestatin, pradimicin-Qand salbostatin. The glucosidase inhibitor acarbose and various aminosugar derivatives related thereto are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.4,062,950 and 4,174,439 respectively. The glucosidase inhibitoradiposine is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,254,256. The glucosidaseinhibitor voglibose,3,4-dideoxy-4-[[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]amino]-2-C-(hydroxymethyl)-D-epi-inositol,and various N-substituted pseudo-aminosugars related thereto aredisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,701,559. The glucosidase inhibitormiglitol,(2R,3R,4R,5S)-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4,5-piperidinetriol,and various 3,4,5-trihydroxypiperidines related thereto are disclosed inU.S. Pat. No. 4,639,436. The glucosidase inhibitor emiglitate, ethylp[2-[(2R,3R,4R,5S)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidino]ethoxy]-benzoate,various derivatives related thereto and pharmaceutically acceptable acidaddition salts thereof are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,192,772. Theglucosidase inhibitor MDL-25637,2,6-dideoxy-7-O-β-D-glucopyrano-syl-2,6-imino-D-glycero-L-gluco-heptitol,various homodisaccharides related thereto and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable acid addition salts thereof are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.4,634,765. The glucosidase inhibitor camiglibose, methyl6-deoxy-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidino]-α-D-glucopyranosidesesquihydrate, deoxy-nojirimycin derivatives related thereto, variouspharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and synthetic methods for thepreparation thereof are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,157,116 and5,504,078. The glycosidase inhibitor salbostatin and variouspseudosaccharides related thereto are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.5,091,524. All of the references cited above are incorporated herein byreference.

Amylase inhibitors of interest herein are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.4,451,455, U.S. Pat. No. 4,623,714 (Al-3688 and the various cyclicpolypeptides related thereto) and U.S. Pat. No. 4,273,765 (trestatin,which consists of a mixture of trestatin A, trestatin B and trestatin C,and the various trehalose-containing aminosugars related theret). All ofthe references cited above are incorporated herein by reference.

Additional anti-diabetic compounds, which may be used as the secondagent in combination with a Formula (I) compound of the presentinvention, include, for example, the following: biguanides (e.g.,metformin, pfenformin or buformin), insulin secretagogues (e.g.,sulfonylureas and glinides), glitazones, non-glitazone PPARy agonists,PPARP agonists, inhibitors of DPP-IV, inhibitors of PDE5, inhibitors ofGSK-3, glucagon antagonists, inhibitors off-1,6-BPase(Metabasis/Sankyo), GLP-1/analogs (AC 2993, also known asexendin-4), insulin and insulin mimetics (Merck natural products). Otherexamples would include PKC-β inhibitors and AGE breakers.

The Formula (I) compounds of the present invention may also be used incombination with antihypertensive agents Preferred antihypertensiveagents useful in the present invention include calcium channel blockers,such as Cardizeme, Adalat®, Calan®, Cardene®, Covera®, Dilacor®,DynaCirce Procardia XL®, Sular®, Tiazac®, Vascor®, Verelan®, Isoptin®,Nimotop®, Norvasc®, and Plendil®; angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE)inhibitors, such as Accupril®, Altace®, Captopril®, Lotensin®, Mavik®,Monopril®, Prinivil®, Univasc®, Vasotec® and Zestril®.

The additional pharmaceutical agent is preferably an anti-obesity agentas described above, but otherwise will frequently be an HMG-CoAreductase inhibitor, an HMG-CoA synthase inhibitor, an inhibitor ofHMG-CoA reductase gene expression, a CETP inhibitor, a PPAR modulator, asqualene synthetase inhibitor, a squaline epoxidase inhibitor, asqualine cyclase inhibitor, a combined squaline epoxidase/cyclaseinhibitor, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, an ACAT inhibitor, apancreatic lipase inhibitor, a gastric lipase inhibitor, a calciumchannel blocker, an ACE inhibitor, a beta blocker, a diuretic, niacin, agarlic extract preparation, a bile acid sequestrant, a fibric acidderivative, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, an aldose reductaseinhibitor, a sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitor, a glucosidase inhibitoranamylase inhibitor or a DPP-IV inhibitor.

Preferred HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors include lovastatin, simvastatin,pravastatin, fluvastatin, atorvastatin or rivastatin; more preferably,atorvastatin, particularly atorvastatin hemicalcium.

The dosage of the additional pharmaceutical agent is generally dependentupon a number of factors including the health of the subject beingtreated, the extent of treatment desired, the nature and kind ofconcurrent therapy, if any, and the frequency of treatment and thenature of the effect desired. In general, the dosage range of theadditional pharmaceutical agent is in the range of from about 0.001 mgto about 100 mg per kilogram body weight of the individual per day,preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg per kilogram body weight ofthe individual per day. However, some variability in the general dosagerange may also be required depending upon the age and weight of thesubject being treated, the intended route of administration, theparticular anti-obesity agent being administered and the like. Thedetermination of dosage ranges and optimal dosages for a particularpatient is also well within the ability of one of ordinary skill in theart having the benefit of the instant disclosure.

According to the methods of treatment of the invention, a compound ofthe present invention or a combination of a compound of the presentinvention and at least one additional pharmaceutical agent (referred toherein as a “combination”) is administered to a subject in need of suchtreatment, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. Inthe combination aspect of the invention, the compound of the presentinvention and at least one other pharmaceutical agent (e.g., anotheranti-obesity agent,) may be administered either separately or in apharmaceutical composition comprising both. It is generally preferredthat such administration be oral.

When a combination of a compound of the present invention and at leastone other pharmaceutical agent are administered together, suchadministration may be sequential in time or simultaneous. Simultaneousadministration of drug combinations is generally preferred. Forsequential administration, a compound of the present invention and theadditional pharmaceutical agent may be administered in any order. It isgenerally preferred that such administration be oral. It is especiallypreferred that such administration be oral and simultaneous. When acompound of the present invention and the additional pharmaceuticalagent are administered sequentially, the administration of each may beby the same or by different methods.

According to the methods of the invention, a compound of the presentinvention or a combination is preferably administered in the form of apharmaceutical composition. Accordingly, a compound of the presentinvention or a combination can be administered to a patient separatelyor together in any conventional oral, rectal, transdermal, parenteral(e.g., intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous), intracisternal,intravaginal, intraperitoneal, topical (e.g., powder, ointment, cream,spray or lotion), buccal or nasal dosage form (e.g., spray, drops orinhalant).

The compounds of the invention or combinations can be administered alonebut will generally be administered in an admixture with one or moresuitable pharmaceutical excipients, adjuvants, diluents or carriersknown in the art and selected with regard to the intended route ofadministration and standard pharmaceutical practice. The compound of theinvention or combination may be formulated to provide immediate-,delayed-, modified-, sustained-, pulsed- or controlled-release dosageforms depending on the desired route of administration and thespecificity of release profile, commensurate with therapeutic needs.

The pharmaceutical composition comprises a compound of the invention ora combination in an amount generally in the range of from about 1% toabout 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or even 95% (by weight) of the composition,usually in the range of about 1%, 2% or 3% to about 50%, 60% or 70%,more frequently in the range of about 1%, 2% or 3% to less than 50% suchas about 25%, 30% or 35%.

Methods of preparing various pharmaceutical compositions with a specificamount of active compound are known to those skilled in this art. Forexamples, see Remington: The Practice of Pharmacy, Lippincott Williamsand Wilkins, Baltimore Md. 20^(th) ed. 2000.

Compositions suitable for parenteral injection generally includepharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions,dispersions, suspensions, or emulsions, and sterile powders forreconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers or diluents(including solvents and vehicles) include water, ethanol, polyols(propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, and the like),suitable mixtures thereof, triglycerides including vegetable oils suchas olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aprefrerred carrier is Miglyol® brand caprylic/capric acid ester withglycerine or propylene glycol (e.g., Miglyol® 812, Miglyol® 829,Miglyol® 840) available from Condea Vista Co., Cranford, N.J. Properfluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such aslecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the caseof dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.

These compositions for parenteral injection may also contain excipientssuch as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispersing agents.Prevention of microorganism contamination of the compositions can beaccomplished with various antibacterial and antifungal agents, forexample, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. Itmay also be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars,sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of injectablepharmaceutical compositions can be brought about by the use of agentscapable of delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate andgelatin.

Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets,chews, lozenges, pills, powders, and multi-particulate preparations(granules). In such solid dosage forms, a compound of the presentinvention or a combination is admixed with at least one inert excipient,diluent or carrier. Suitable excipients, diluents or carriers includematerials such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or (a) oneor more fillers or extenders (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose(available as Avicel™ from FMC Corp.) starches, lactose, sucrose,mannitol, silicic acid, xylitol, sorbitol, dextrose, calcium hydrogenphosphate, dextrin, alpha-cyclodextrin, beta-cyclodextrin, polyethyleneglycol, medium chain fatty acids, titanium oxide, magnesium oxide,aluminum oxide and the like); (b) one or more binders (e.g.,carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose,hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, gelatin, gum arabic, ethyl cellulose,polyvinyl alcohol, pullulan, pregelatinized starch, agar, tragacanth,alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, acacia and the like);(c) one or more humectants (e.g., glycerol and the like); (d) one ormore disintegrating agents (e.g., agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potatoor tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain complex silicates, sodiumcarbonate, sodium lauryl sulphate, sodium starch glycolate (available asExplotab™from Edward Mendell Co.), cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone,croscarmellose sodium A-type (available as Ac-di-sol™), polyacrilinpotassium (an ion exchange resin) and the like); (e) one or moresolution retarders (e.g., paraffin and the like); (f) one or moreabsorption accelerators (e.g., quaternary ammonium compounds and thelike); (g) one or more wetting agents (e.g., cetyl alcohol, glycerolmonostearate and the like); (h) one or more adsorbents (e.g., kaolin,bentonite and the like); and/or (i)one or more lubricants (e.g., talc,calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, polyoxyl stearate,cetanol, talc, hydrogenated caster oil, sucrose esters of fatty acid,dimethylpolysiloxane, microcrystalline wax, yellow beeswax, whitebeeswax, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate and thelike). In the case of capsules and tablets, the dosage forms may alsocomprise buffering agents.

Solid compositions of a similar type may also be used as fillers in softor hard filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milksugar, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols, and thelike.

Solid dosage forms such as tablets, dragees, capsules, and granules maybe prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings andothers well known in the art. They may also contain opacifying agents,and can also be of such composition that they release the compound ofthe present invention and/or the additional pharmaceutical agent in adelayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used arepolymeric substances and waxes. The drug may also be inmicro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of theabove-mentioned excipients.

For tablets, the active agent will typically comprise less than 50% (byweight) of the formulation, for example less than about 10% such as 5%or 2.5% by weight. The predominant portion of the formulation comprisesfillers, diluents, disintegrants, lubricants and optionally, flavors.The composition of these excipients is well known in the art.Frequently, the fillers/diluents will comprise mixtures of two or moreof the following components: microcrystalline cellulose, mannitol,lactose (all types), starch, and di-calcium phosphate. Thefiller/diluent mixtures typically comprise less than 98% of theformulation and preferably less than 95%, for example 93.5%. Preferreddisintegrants include Ac-di-sol™, Explotab™, starch and sodium laurylsulphate. When present a disintegrant will usually comprise less than10% of the formulation or less than 5%, for example about 3%. Apreferred lubricant is magnesium stearate. When present a lubricant willusually comprise less than 5% of the formulation or less than 3%, forexample about 1%.

Tablets may be manufactured by standard tabletting processes, forexample, direct compression or a wet, dry or melt granulation, meltcongealing process and extrusion. The tablet cores may be mono ormulti-layer(s) and can be coated with appropriate overcoats known in theart.

Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceuticallyacceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs. Inaddition to the compound of the present invention or the combination,the liquid dosage form may contain inert diluents commonly used in theart, such as water or other solvents, solubilizing agents andemulsifiers, as for example, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethylcarbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propyleneglycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (e.g., cottonseedoil, groundnut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil, sesame seedoil and the like), Miglyole® (available from CONDEA Vista Co., Cranford,N.J.), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols andfatty acid esters of sorbitan, or mixtures of these substances, and thelike.

Besides such inert diluents, the composition may also includeexcipients, such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents,sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.

Oral liquid forms of the compounds of the invention or combinationsinclude solutions, wherein the active compound is fully dissolved.Examples of solvents include all pharmaceutically precedented solventssuitable for oral administration, particularly those in which thecompounds of the invention show good solubility, e.g., polyethyleneglycol, polypropylene glycol, edible oils and glyceryl- andglyceride-based systems. Glyceryl- and glyceride-based systems mayinclude, for example, the following branded products (and correspondinggeneric products): Captex™ 355 EP (glyceryl tricaprylate/caprate, fromAbitec, Columbus Ohio), Crodamolm GTC/C (medium chain triglyceride, fromCroda, Cowick Hall, UK) or LabrafaCM CC (medium chain triglyides, fromGattefosse), Captex™ 500P (glyceryl triacetate i.e. triacetin, fromAbitec), Capmul™ MCM (medium chain mono- and diglycerides, fromAbitec),Migyol™ 812 (caprylic/capric triglyceride, from Condea, Cranford N.J.),Migyol™ 829 (caprylic/capric/succinic triglyceride, from Condea),Migyol™ 840 (propylene glycol dicaprylate/dicaprate, from Condea),Labrafil™ M1944CS (oleoyl macrogol-6 glycerides, from Gattefosse),Peceol™ (glyceryl monooleate, from Gattefosse) and Maisine™ 35-1(glyceryl monooleate, from Gattefosse). Of particular interest are themedium chain (about C₈ to C₁₀) triglyceride oils. These solventsfrequently make up the predominant portion of the composition, i.e.,greater than about 50%, usually greater than about 80%, for exampleabout 95% or 99%. Adjuvants and additives may also be included with thesolvents principally as taste-mask agents, palatability and flavoringagents, antioxidants, stabilizers, texture and viscosity modifiers andsolubilizers.

Suspensions, in addition to the compound of the present invention or thecombination, may further comprise carriers such as suspending agents,e.g., ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol andsorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide,bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, or mixtures of these substances,and the like.

Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration preferably comprisesuppositories, which can be prepared by mixing a compound of the presentinvention or a combination with suitable non-irritating excipients orcarriers, such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository waxwhich are solid at ordinary room temperature, but liquid at bodytemperature, and therefore, melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity therebyreleasing the active component(s).

Dosage forms for topical administration of the compounds of the presentinvention or combinations include ointments, creams, lotions, powdersand sprays. The drugs are admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient, diluent or carrier, and any preservatives, buffers, orpropellants that may be required.

Many of the present compounds are poorly soluble in water, e.g., lessthan about 1 μg/mL. Therefore, liquid compositions in solubilizing,non-aqueous solvents such as the medium chain triglyceride oilsdiscussed above are a preferred dosage form for these compounds.

Solid amorphous dispersions, including dispersions formed by aspray-drying process, are also a preferred dosage form for the poorlysoluble compounds of the invention. By “solid amorphous dispersion” ismeant a solid material in which at least a portion of the poorly solublecompound is in the amorphous form and dispersed in a water-solublepolymer. By “amorphous” is meant that the poorly soluble compound is notcrystalline. By “crystalline” is meant that the compound exhibitslong-range order in three dimensions of at least 100 repeat units ineach dimension. Thus, the term amorphous is intended to include not onlymaterial which has essentially no order, but also material which mayhave some small degree of order, but the order is in less than threedimensions and/or is only over short distances. Amorphous material maybe characterized by techniques known in the art such as powder x-raydiffraction (PXRD) crystallography, solid state NMR, or thermaltechniques such as differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).

Preferably, at least a major portion (i.e., at least about 60 wt %) ofthe poorly soluble compound in the solid amorphous dispersion isamorphous. The compound can exist within the solid amorphous dispersionin relatively pure amorphous domains or regions, as a solid solution ofthe compound homogeneously distributed throughout the polymer or anycombination of these states or those states that lie intermediatebetween them. Preferably, the solid amorphous dispersion issubstantially homogeneous so that the amorphous compound is dispersed ashomogeneously as possible throughout the polymer. As used herein,“substantially homogeneous” means that the fraction of the compound thatis present in relatively pure amorphous domains or regions within thesolid amorphous dispersion is relatively small, on the order of lessthan 20 wt %, and preferably less than 10 wt % of the total amount ofdrug.

Water-soluble polymers suitable for use in the solid amorphousdispersions should be inert, in the sense that they do not chemicallyreact with the poorly soluble compound in an adverse manner, arepharmaceutically acceptable, and have at least some solubility inaqueous solution at physiologically relevant pHs (e.g. 1-8). The polymercan be neutral or ionizable, and should have an aqueous-solubility of atleast 0.1 mg/mL over at least a portion of the pH range of 1-8.

Water-soluble polymers suitable for use with the present invention maybe cellulosic or non-cellulosic. The polymers may be neutral orionizable in aqueous solution. Of these, ionizable and cellulosicpolymers are preferred, with ionizable cellulosic polymers being morepreferred.

Exemplary water-soluble polymers include hydroxypropyl methyl celluloseacetate succinate (HPMCAS), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC),hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate (HPMCP), carboxy methyl ethylcellulose (CMEC), cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), cellulose acetatetrimellitate (CAT), polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), hydroxypropyl cellulose(HPC), methyl cellulose (MC), block copolymers of ethylene oxide andpropylene oxide (PEO/PPO, also known as poloxamers), and mixturesthereof. Especially preferred polymers include HPMCAS, HPMC, HPMCP,CMEC, CAP, CAT, PVP, poloxamers, and mixtures thereof. Most preferred isHPMCAS. See European Patent Application Publication No. 0 901 786 A2,the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.

The solid amorphous dispersions may be prepared according to any processfor forming solid amorphous dispersions that results in at least a majorportion (at least 60%) of the poorly soluble compound being in theamorphous state. Such processes include mechanical, thermal and solventprocesses. Exemplary mechanical processes include milling and extrusion;melt processes including high temperature fusion, solvent-modifiedfusion and melt-congeal processes; and solvent processes includingnon-solvent precipitation, spray coating and spray drying. See, forexample, the following U.S. Patents, the pertinent disclosures of whichare incorporated herein by reference: Nos. 5,456,923 and 5,939,099,which describe forming dispersions by extrusion processes; Nos.5,340,591 and 4,673,564, which describe forming dispersions by millingprocesses; and Nos. 5,707,646 and 4,894,235, which describe formingdispersions by melt congeal processes. In a preferred process, the solidamorphous dispersion is formed by spray drying, as disclosed in EuropeanPatent Application Publication No. 0 901 786 A2. In this process, thecompound and polymer are dissolved in a solvent, such as acetone ormethanol, and the solvent is then rapidly removed from the solution byspray drying to form the solid amorphous dispersion. The solid amorphousdispersions may be prepared to contain up to about 99 wt % of thecompound, e.g., 1 wt %, 5 wt %, 10 wt %, 25 wt %, 50 wt %, 75 wt %, 95wt %, or 98 wt % as desired.

The solid dispersion may be used as the dosage form itself or it mayserve as a manufacturing-use-product (MUP) in the preparation of otherdosage forms such as capsules, tablets, solutions or suspensions. Anexample of an aqueous suspension is an aqueous suspension of a 1:1 (w/w)compound/HPMCAS-HF spray-dried dispersion containing 2.5 mg/mL ofcompound in 2% polysorbate-80. Solid dispersions for use in a tablet orcapsule will generally be mixed with other excipients or adjuvantstypically found in such dosage forms. For example, an exemplary fillerfor capsules contains a 2:1 (w/w) compound/HPMCAS-MF spray-drieddispersion (60%), lactose (fast flow) (15%), microcrystalline cellulose(e.g., Avicel^((R0)-102) (15.8%), sodium starch (7%), sodium laurylsulfate (2%) and magnesium stearate (1%).

The HPMCAS polymers are available in low, medium and high grades asAqoa^((R))-LF, Aqoat^((R))-MF and Aqoat^((R))-HF respectively fromShin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD, Tokyo, Japan. The higher MF and HF gradesare generally preferred.

The following paragraphs describe exemplary formulations, dosages, etc.useful for non-human animals. The administration of the compounds of thepresent invention and combinations of the compounds of the presentinvention with anti-obesity agents can be effected orally or non-orally.

An amount of a compound of the present invention or combination of acompound of the present invention with another anti-obesity agent isadministered such that an effective dose is received. Generally, a dailydose that is administered orally to an animal is between about 0.01 andabout 1,000 mg/kg of body weight, e.g., between about 0.01 and about 300mg/kg or between about 0.01 and about 100 mg/kg or between about 0.01and about 50 mg/kg of body weight, or between about 0.01 and about 25mg/kg, or about 0.01 and about 10 mg/kg or about 0.01 and about 5 mg/kg.

Conveniently, a compound of the present invention (or combination) canbe carried in the drinking water so that a therapeutic dosage of thecompound is ingested with the daily water supply. The compound can bedirectly metered into drinking water, preferably in the form of aliquid, water-soluble concentrate (such as an aqueous solution of awater-soluble salt).

Conveniently, a compound of the present invention (or combination) canalso be added directly to the feed, as such, or in the form of an animalfeed supplement, also referred to as a premix or concentrate. A premixor concentrate of the compound in an excipient, diluent or carrier ismore commonly employed for the inclusion of the agent in the feed.Suitable excipients, diluents or carriers are liquid or solid, asdesired, such as water, various meals such as alfalfa meal, soybeanmeal, cottonseed oil meal, linseed oil meal, corncob meal and corn meal,molasses, urea, bone meal, and mineral mixes such as are commonlyemployed in poultry feeds. A particularly effective excipient, diluentor carrier is the respective animal feed itself; that is, a smallportion of such feed. The carrier facilitates uniform distribution ofthe compound in the finished feed with which the premix is blended.Preferably, the compound is thoroughly blended into the premix and,subsequently, the feed. In this respect, the compound may be dispersedor dissolved in a suitable oily vehicle such as soybean oil, corn oil,cottonseed oil, and the like, or in a volatile organic solvent and thenblended with the carrier. It will be appreciated that the proportions ofcompound in the concentrate are capable of wide variation since theamount of the compound in the finished feed may be adjusted by blendingthe appropriate proportion of premix with the feed to obtain a desiredlevel of compound.

High potency concentrates may be blended by the feed manufacturer withproteinaceous carrier such as soybean oil meal and other meals, asdescribed above, to produce concentrated supplements, which are suitablefor direct feeding to animals. In such instances, the animals arepermitted to consume the usual diet. Alternatively, such concentratedsupplements may be added directly to the feed to produce a nutritionallybalanced, finished feed containing a therapeutically effective level ofa compound of the present invention. The mixtures are thoroughly blendedby standard procedures, such as in a twin shell blender, to ensurehomogeneity.

If the supplement is used as a top dressing for the feed, it likewisehelps to ensure uniformity of distribution of the compound across thetop of the dressed feed.

Drinking water and feed effective for increasing lean meat depositionand for improving lean meat to fat ratio are generally prepared bymixing a compound of the present invention with a sufficient amount ofanimal feed to provide from about 10-3 to about 500 ppm of the compoundin the feed or water.

The preferred medicated swine, cattle, sheep and goat feed generallycontain from about 1 to about 400 grams of a compound of the presentinvention (or combination) per ton of feed, the optimum amount for theseanimals usually being about 50 to about 300 grams per ton of feed.

The preferred poultry and domestic pet feeds usually contain about 1 toabout 400 grams and preferably about 10 to about 400 grams of a compoundof the present invention (or combination) per ton of feed.

For parenteral administration in animals, the compounds of the presentinvention (or combination) may be prepared in the form of a paste or apellet and administered as an implant, usually under the skin of thehead or ear of the animal in which increase in lean meat deposition andimprovement in lean meat to fat ratio is sought.

Paste Formulations may be prepared by dispersing the drug in apharmaceutically acceptable oil such as peanut oil, sesame oil, corn oilor the like.

Pellets containing an effective amount of a compound of the presentinvention, pharmaceutical composition, or combination may be prepared byadmixing a compound of the present invention or combination with adiluent such as carbowax, carnuba wax, and the like, and a lubricant,such as magnesium or calcium stearate, may be added to improve thepelleting process.

It is, of course, recognized that more than one pellet may beadministered to an animal to achieve the desired dose level which willprovide the increase in lean meat deposition and improvement in leanmeat to fat ratio desired. Moreover, implants may also be madeperiodically during the animal treatment period in order to maintain theproper drug level in the animal's body.

The present invention has several advantageous veterinary features. Forthe pet owner or veterinarian who wishes to increase leanness and/ortrim unwanted fat from pet animals, the instant invention provides themeans by which this may be accomplished. For poultry, beef and swinebreeders, utilization of the method of the present invention yieldsleaner animals that command higher sale prices from the meat industry.

Embodiments of the present invention are illustrated by the followingExamples. It is to be understood, however, that the embodiments of theinvention are not limited to the specific details of these Examples, asother variations thereof will be known, or apparent in light of theinstant disclosure, to one of ordinary skill in the art.

EXAMPLES

Unless specified otherwise, starting materials are generally availablefrom commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals Co. (Milwaukee, Wis.),Lancaster Synthesis, Inc. (Windham, N.H.), Acros Organics (Fairlawn,N.J.), Maybridge Chemical Company, Ltd. (Cornwall, England), TygerScientific (Princeton, N.J.), and AstraZeneca Pharmaceuticals (London,EngTand) or may be prepared using methods known to those of averageskill in the art from readily available materials.

General Experimental Procedures

NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Unity™ 400 or 500 (available fromVarian Inc., Palo Alto, Calif.) at room temperature at 400 and 500 MHz¹H, respectively. Chemical shifts are expressed in parts per million (δ)relative to residual solvent as an internal reference. The peak shapesare denoted as follows: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet;m, multiplet; br s, broad singlet; v br s, very broad singlet; br m,broad multiplet; 2s, two singlets. In some cases only representative ¹HNMR peaks are given.

Mass spectra were recorded by direct flow analysis using positive andnegative atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APcl) scan modes. AWaters APcl/MS model ZMD mass spectrometer equipped with Gilson 215liquid handling system was used to carry out the experiments

Mass spectrometry analysis was also obtained by RP-HPLC gradient methodfor chromatographic separation. Molecular weight identification wasrecorded by positive and negative electrospray ionization (ESI) scanmodes. A Waters/Micromass ESI/MS model ZMD or LCZ mass spectrometerequipped with Gilson 215 liquid handling system and HP 1100 DAD was usedto carry out the experiments.

Where the intensity of chlorine or bromine-containing ions aredescribed, the expected intensity ratio was observed (approximately 3:1for ³⁵Cl/³⁷Cl-containing ions and 1:1 for ⁷⁹Br/⁸¹Br-containing ions) andonly the lower mass ion is given. MS peaks are reported for allexamples.

Optical rotations were determined on a PerkinElmer™ 241 polarimeter(available from PerkinElmer Inc., Wellesley, Mass.) using the sodium Dline (X=589 nm) at the indicated temperature and are reported as follows[α]_(D) ^(temp), concentration (c=g/l 00 mL), and solvent.

Column chromatography was performed with either Baker™ silica gel (40μm; J. T. Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.) or Silica Gel 50 (EM Sciences™,Gibbstown, N.J.) in glass columns or in Biotage™ columns (ISC, Inc.,Shelton, Conn.) under low nitrogen pressure. Radial chromatography wasperformed using a Chromatotron™ (Harrison Research).

In the discussion which follows, certain common abbreviations andacronyms have been employed which include: h (hour(s)), PyBroP(bromo-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate), BOC(tert-butoxycarbonyl), DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide), EtOAc (ethyl acetate),HOBT (1-hydroxybenzotriazole), EDC(1-ethyl-3-(dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride), LAH(lithium aluminum hydride), Dess-Martin Periodinane(1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one), DIBAL(diisobutylaluminum hydride) and THF (tetrahydrofuran).

Preparation of Key Intermediates Preparation of IntermediateQuinoline-6-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester

To a solution of 2-tert-butyl-1,3-diisopropyl-isourea, prepared inaccordance with the method described in Mathias, L. J., Synthesis, 1979,561, (115 g, 575 mM, 5 equiv) in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL) at 0° C., A-1 was addedin one portion (19.9g, 115 mM, 1 equiv). The ice-bath was removed andthe mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred atthat temperature overnight (16 h). The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and aprecipitate that formed was removed by filtration. The filtrate waswashed with 10% aqueous citric acid, and aqueous NaHCO₃, dried overMgSO₄, filtered and concentrated to give B-1 as an oil. The oil waspurified by filtration through a plug of silica gel, eluting with 20%ethyl acetate in hexanes.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ=8.94 (dd, J=4.1, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=1.7Hz, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=8.3 Hz), 8.71 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (dd, J=9.1,2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J=4.1, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 1.64(s, 9H). MS 231 (m+1).

Prepartion of Intermediate 1-Oxy-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid tert-butylester

To a solution of quinoline-6-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (B-1, 22.0g, 95.65 mM, 1 equiv) and urea-H₂O₂ complex (18.0 g, 191.3 mM, 2 equiv)in THF at 0° C. was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (27.1 mL, 191.3 mM,2 equiv) dropwise over 20 minutes. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for1 h. The reaction was quenched with 1 M sodium thiosulfate (100 mL) andthe mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. A solutionof 0.5 N HCl (200 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted 3 timeswith CH₂Cl₂. The combined CH₂Cl₂ fractions were washed with aqueousbicarbonate and water, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to givea solid material. The solid was slurried in 90 mL EtOAc/hexanes (1:2)solution and stirred for 15 minutes. The product C-1 was collected byfiltration and the mother liquor was concentrated. This procedure wasrepeated twice with the mother liquor, decreasing the volume of solventby 0.5 each time. Total yield 23.61 g. The product was used withoutfurther purification.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=8.79 (d, J=9.1 Hz), 8.65 (m, 2H), 8.27 (dd,J=9.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J=8.3, 5.8 Hz),1.62 (s, 9H)

Preparation of Intermediate 2-Amino-quinoline-6-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester

To a solution of 1-oxy-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester(C-1, 12.3 g, 50 mM, 1 equiv) in chloroform (120 mL) was addedp-toluenesulfonyl chloride (12.4 g, 65 mM, 1.3 equiv). The mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then cooled to 0° C.Aqueous 10% NH₄OH (120 mL) was added in one portion and the mixture wasstirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes and then allowed to warm to roomtemperature and stirred 3.5 h. The mixuture was poured into a separatoryfunnel and the layers were separated. The aqueous fraction was extractedtwice with chloroform. The combined chloroform fractions were washedwith water, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give a solidmaterial. The solid was slurried in ethyl acetate (40 mL) and theproduct was collect by filtration to give 8.5 g of compound D-1. Themother liquor was concentrated by half and an additional crop of 2.25 gof product was collected. Total yield 10.75 g.

¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) □1=8.30 (d, 1.67 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (dd, J=8.7, 1.67Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 1.62 (s, 9H). MS 245 (M+1)

Preparation of intermediate quinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzyl ester

To a solution of quinoline-6-carboxylic acid (2.0 g, 11.6 mmol) in EtOAc(30 mL) was added carbonyldiimidazole (2.15 g, 13.3 mmol). The resultingmixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h at which time all solidshad dissolved. Benzyl alcohol (1.4 mL) was added and the reaction wasstirred overnight. The mixture was then extracted successively withaqueous 1 N HCl (25 mL), aqueous NaHCO₃ and brine. Evaporation of thesolvent gave a solid, which was triturated with cold 1:1 EtOAc/hexane toafford the title compound as a solid (1.9 g, 62%). ¹H NMR (selectedsignals, CD₃OD) δ=9.00 (dd, 1H), 8.61 (d, 1H), 8.34 (d, 1H), 8.29 (dd,1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 5.43 (s, 2H)

Prepartion of intermediate 1-oxy-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzylester

To a solution of quinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (5 g, 18.9mmol) and urea-H₂O₂ complex (3.0 g, 32 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (75 mL) was addedphthalic anhydride (4 g, 26.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with 1 M sodiumthiosulfate (25 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for15 minutes. A solution of 0.5 N HCl (50 mL) was added. The organic layerwas separated and washed with aq. NaHCO₃ and brine. Combined aqueouslayers were extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers wereconcentrated to give a solid, which was triturated with cold 1:1EtOAc/hexane to provide the title compound (4.8 g, 91%). ¹H NMR(selected signals, CDCl₃) δ=8.79 (d, 1H), 8.63 (d, 1H), 8.58 (d, 1H),8.35 (dd, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 5.43 (s, 2H)

Preparation of Intermediate 2-Amino-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzylester

To a solution of 1-oxy-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (10 g,35.8 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (4 mL) was added p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (10 g,53.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes.In a separate second flask, triethylamine (25 mL, 178 mmol) was added toa suspension of NH₄Cl (9.7 g, 178 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂. This mixture wasstirred for 30 minutes and then added slowly to the first reactionmixture. Stirring was continued at room temperature for 1 h and then thereaction was cooled to 5C. A solid was collected by filtration. This wasslurried with water (100 mL) at room temperature. The title compound(4.8 g, 48%) was collected by filtration, washing with cold methanol. ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆): □=8.32 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.96 (dd, 1H), 7.47-7.32(series of m, 6H), 6.86 (s, 2H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H).

Preparation of Intermediate2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

To a solution of 2-amino-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester(D-1, 4.68 g, 19.15 mM, 1.02 equiv) and pyridine (4.65 mL, 57.45 mM, 3equiv) in CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL) was added dropwise a solution of the acidchloride (5.0 g, 18.78 mM, 1.0 equiv) in CH₂Cl₂ (40 mL). The mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 2 h, transferred to a separatory funneland washed with 1N HCl and water. The CH₂Cl₂ fraction was dried(Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified bycolumn chromatography using 4:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) □1=8.51 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 8.24 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=7.9 Hz,1H), 7.66-7.40 (m, 8H), 1.61 (s, 9H). MS 493 (M+1)

Preparation of Intermediate2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid

Intermediate2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (F-1a1, 9.0 g) was dissolved in 50 mL 4N HCl indioxane and stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution wasconcentrated to provide compound F-1a2. The compound was used withoutfurther purification.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO)□=11.4 9 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.52(d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (dd, 1H, J=9.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 7.74-7.48 (m, 9H). MS 493 (M+1)

Preparation of Intermediate2-[Methyl-(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid

To a solution of2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (F-1a2, 200 mg, 0.46 mM) in toluene (3.0 mL) was added Bu₄NHSO₄(15.6 mg, 0.046 mM) and freshly powdered K₂CO₃ (127 mg, 0.92 mM), andKOH (128 mg, 2.28 mM). The resulting suspension was stirred at roomtemperature for 1 h. The mixture was heated to 70° C. and (CH₃)₂SO₄ (95uL, 1.01 mM) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 2h. LC/MS analysis revealed the residue to be a mixture of the acid F-1b2and the corresponding methyl ester. After cooling to room temperaturethe mixture was concentrated and the residue was taken up in 5 mL ofTHF/methanol/H₂O (3:1:1) and the resulting mixture was stirred until themethyl ester had been completely consumed (2 h). The mixture was dilutedwith H₂O (5 mL) and the pH was adjusted to 2.0 with 1 N HCl. The mixturewas extracted 3 times with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc fractions weredried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to provide F-1b2 (180 mg) as acolorless solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acidethyl ester

To a mixture of ethyl 2-iodobenzoate (32.3 g, 117 mmol),4-tert-butylboronic acid (25 g, 140.4 mmol), cesium carbonate (91.22 g,280 mmol) in dimethoxyethane (300 mL) was addedtetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (0) (1.0 g). The reaction mixturewas heated to reflux for ˜90 h, then cooled and taken up in water. Themixture was extracted three times with diethyl ether. The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄ and concentratedto afford the crude title compound as a brown oil (33 g). This was useddirectly in the next step without purification. ¹H NMR (selectedsignals, CDCl₃): 8.18 (d, 1H), 7.80 (dd, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.50 (d,1H), 7.41 (d, 2H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 4.08 (q, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 0.94 (t,3H).

Preparation of Intermediate 4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid

Crude 4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (33 g, ˜117mmol) was taken up in a mixture of THF (100 mL), methanol (50 mL) andwater (40 mL). Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (7.36 g, 176 mmol) wasadded and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperaturefor 3 days. The mixture was extracted three times with diethyl ether.The aqueous phase was then acidified using aq. 6N HCl and extractedthree times with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc layers were dried over MgSO₄,filtered and concentrated. The solid residue was triturated with hexaneto afford the title compound as a white solid (18.7 g, 63%). ¹H NMR(selected signals, DMSO-d₆): 7.66 (dd, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.41 (d, 2H),7.25 (d, 2H), 1.29 (s, 9H).

Preparation of Intermediate2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6-carboxylic acidbenzyl ester

To solution of 2-aminoquinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (25 g,100 mmol) and 4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid (19.5 g, 70 mmol)in CH₂Cl₂ (500 mL) was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (9.77 g, 80 mmol)and 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (19.2 g,100 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hand then diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution. The aqueousphase was separated and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic layerswere washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The titlecompound (28.6 g, 79%) was isolated by column chromatography elutingwith a gradient of 5% to 30% EtOAc in hexane.

Preparation of Intermediate2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid

Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (3.5 g, 83.4 mmol) was added to a solutionof 2-[(4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid benzyl ester (28.6 g, 55.6 mmol) dissolved in methanol (220 mL),THF (110 mL) and water (83 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature overnight and then concentrated under vacuum. The residuewas taken up in water, and acidified using aqueous 6M HCl. The titlecompound (20.0 g, 85%) was collected by filtration, washing with Et₂Oand drying

The following intermediates were prepared from2-aminoquinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzyl ester in an analogous mannerto the preparation of the intermediate2-[(4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acidbenzyl ester:

-   2-[(4′-methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid    benzyl ester (by coupling with 4′-methylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-ethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid    benzyl ester (by coupling with 4′-ethylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-propylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid    benzyl ester (by coupling with 4′-propylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    4′-isopropylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with 4′-methoxybiphenyl-2-carboxylic    acid)-   2-[(4′-ethoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid    benzyl ester (by coupling with 4′-ethoxybiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    4′-isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-tert-butoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    4′-tert-butoxybiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-methylthiobiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    4′-methylthiobiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(6,4′-dimethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    6,4′-dimethylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-isopropyl-6-methyl    biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzyl ester    (by coupling with 4′-isopropyl-6-methylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-tert-butyl-6-methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    4′-tert-butyl-6-methylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(6-methyl-4′-trifluoromethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    6-methyl-4′-trifluoromethylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(6,4′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    6,4′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(6-methoxy-4′-methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    6-methoxy-4′-methylbiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)-   2-[(4′-tert-butyl-6-methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid benzyl ester (by coupling with    4′-tert-butyl-6-methoxybiphenyl-2-carboxylic acid)

The following intermediates were prepared from the corresponding benzylesters in a manner similar to the preparation of the intermediate2-[(4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid:

-   2-[(4′-methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid-   2-[(4′-ethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid-   2-[(4′-propylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid-   2-[(4′-isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(4′-methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(4′-ethoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid-   2-[(4′-isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(4′-tert-butoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(4′-methylthiobiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(6,4′-dimethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(4′-isopropyl-6-methyl bi    phenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid-   2-[(4′-tert-butyl-6-methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(6-methyl-4′-trifuoromethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(6,4′-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(6-methoxy-4′-methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid-   2-[(4′-tert-butyl-6-methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic    acid

Example 1 (S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(Dentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide (a) Preparation of Intermediate(S)-2-Amino-N-pentyl-2-phenyl-acetamide hydrochloride

PyBrOP (2.2 g, 4.78 mM), and N-Boc-phenylglycine (H, 1.2 g, 4.78 mM)were taken up in CH₂Cl₂ (25 mL) and cooled to 0° C. N-Amylamine wasadded and the resulting mixture was treated with diisopropylethylamine(2.5 mL, 14.3 mM). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperatureand was stirred at this temperature for 2 h. The mixture was dilutedwith EtOAc and washed with 1N HCl, water and brine. The organic fractionwas dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated. The product was purifiedby column chromatography eluting with 1:1 EtOAc/hexanes to give 1.19 g,of (S)-2-amino-N-pentyl-2-phenyl-acetamide hydrochloride.

The product above was taken up in 5 volumes of 4N HCl in dioxane andstirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The solution wasconcentrated to a foam and dried under high vacuum overnight.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ=7.48 (m, 5H), 4.88 (s, 1H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.15(m, 1H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.24 (m, 2H), 1.17 (m, 2H), 0.38 (t, J=7.1 Hz,3H)

(b) Preparation of(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide

2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (F-1a2, 1.2 g, 2.53 mM), EDC (0.79 g, 6.34 mM), HOBT (0.86 g, 6.34mM) and (S)-2-amino-N-pentyl-2-phenyl-acetamide hydrochloride (0.78 g,3.05 mM) were combined and dissolved in THF (12.5 mL). The mixture wastreated with diisopropylethylamine (2.20 mL, 13 mM) and stirred at roomtemperature for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and washedwith water. The CH₂Cl₂ fraction was dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered andconcentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography, elutingwith 30% acetone in hexanes to give 1.36 g of(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide as an amorphous solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) □=8.24 (d, J=[1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=9.1 Hz,1H), 8.03 (dd, J=8.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.33 (overlapping m, 12H),5.77 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 5.63 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dt, J=7.1, 5.7 Hz,2H), 1.44 9m, 2H), 1.25 (m, 2H), 1.17 (m, 2H), 0.83 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H),ESMS 639 (m+1)

(c) Preparation of Crystalline Form A of(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide

(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide (100 mg), prepared asdescribed in Example 1(b), was dissolved with heating in a 7:1 mixtureof ethanol/water (20 mL). The mixture was allowed to cool to roomtemperature and stirred at this temperature for 48 h. The solid wascollected by filtration.

Yield 86 mg.

Analysis of form A by fusion microscopy revealed a melting event at anonset temperature of 179° C.

(d) Preparation of Crystalline Form B of(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide

(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide (100 mg), prepared asdescribed in Example 1(b), was dissolved with heating in a 1:1 mixtureof ethyl acetate and hexanes (10 mL). The mixture was allowed to cool toroom temperature and stirred at this temperature for 48 h. The solid wascollected by filtration. Yield 78 mg.

Analysis of form B by fusion microscopy revealed a melting event at anonset temperature of 187° C.

Alternative Dreparation of (S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(Dentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide (a) Preparation of Intermediate1-Oxy-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzyl ester

1,1′-Carbonyldiimidazole (51.56 g, 0.318 moles) was added to a slurry of6-quinoline carboxylic acid (50 g, 0.289 moles) in2-methyltetrahydrofuran (500 mL). The reaction mixture was then heatedto 40C to 45° C. and held at that temperature for two to six hours. Thereaction mixture was then cooled to 200C to 25° C., and benzyl alcohol(34.39 g, 0.318 moles) was added. The reaction mixture was then stirredfor 10 to 18 hours at 20° C. to 25° C., then washed successively with 2N HCl (300 mL), an aqueous solution of NaHCO₃ (300 mL), and an aqueoussolution of NaCl (350 mL). A 95% yield (72.23 g, 0.274 moles) of theresulting benzyl ester product (B-2) was assumed for the reactionsolution. The 2-methyltetrahydrofuran was then displaced under vacuumwith 1,2-dichloroethane to final a reaction volume of 725 mL. To thereaction mixture was then added 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (1,100 mL),phthalic anhydride (105.76 g, 0.714 moles), and urea hydrogen peroxidecomplex (44.16 g, 0.469 moles). The resulting slurry was then stirredfor 24 to 36 hours at 20° C. to 25° C. To the reaction mixture was thenadded aqueous sodium thiosulfate (900 mL) and 2-methyltetrahydrofuran(360 mL), and the whole was then stirred for 1 hour at 20° C. to 25° C.An aqueous solution of 2N HCl was added, the reaction mixture wasstirred and organic and aqueous layers were separated. The organic layerwas then washed two times with an aqueous solution of NaHCO₃ (1,825 mL,725 mL) and once with an aqueous solution of NaCl (365 mL). The organicproduct layer was then vacuum concentrated, and the reaction solventswere exchanged for ethyl acetate to a final volume of 260 mL. To theresulting reaction slurry was added hexanes (450 mL) and the reactionmixture was cooled to 0° C. to 5° C. and stirred for 3 to 8 hours. Theproduct (C-2) was collected by filtration (73.15 g, 95% yield).

Intermediate (B-2): ¹H NMR (selected signals, DMSO-d₆) δ=9.00 (dd, 1H),8.73 (d, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H), 8.23 (dd, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H)

Product: (C-2) ¹H NMR (selected signals, DMSO-d₆) δ=8.79 (s, 1H), 8.69(d, 1H), 8.61 (d, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H), 5.42 (s, 2H)

(b) Preparation of Intermediate 2-Amino-cuinoline-6-carboxylic acidbenzyl ester

To a solution of 1-oxy-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (114.29g, 0.409 moles) in 1,2-dichlbroethane (1,368 mL) was addedp-toluenesulfonyl chloride (109.24 g, 0.573 moles). The reaction mixturewas stirred for one to four hours at 20° C. to 25° C. In a separatereactor, triethylamine (135.04 g, 1.334 moles) was added to a slurry ofammonium chloride (65.63 g, 1.227 moles) in 1,2-dichloroethane (342 mL).The ammonium chloride slurry was then cooled to −5° C. to −10° C. Thep-toluenesulfonyl chloride solution was then added over three to fourhours to the ammonium chloride slurry which was maintained at −10° C. to−5° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 8 to 16 hours at −10C to −5°C., and product obtained by filtration. The product was then slurried inwater (1,150 mL) for 8 to 16 hours at 20° C. to 25° C. and isolated byfiltration (62.33 g, 55% yield).

¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ=8.32 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.97 (dd, 1H), 7.48-7.32(series of m, 6H), 6.87 (s, 2H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H)

(c) Preparation of Intermediate 2-Amino-quinoline-6-carboxylic acidDotassium salt

A mixture of 2-amino-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (15.63 g,0.0562 moles), 2-propanol (235 mL), water (15.6 mL) and potassiumhydroxide (6.3 g, 0.112 moles) was heated to reflux, 80° C. to 85° C.,for 2 to 4 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 20° C. to 25°C., vacuum concentrated (volume of 160 mL) and granulated at 20° C. to25° C. for 8 to 16 hours. The product was isolated by filtration (12.08g, 0.0534 moles, 95% yield).

¹H NMR (selected signals, D₂O) δ=7.86 (d, 1H), 7.75 (dd, 1H), 7.66 (d,1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H)

(d) Preparation of Intermediate (S)-2-Amino-quinoline-6-carboxylic acidDentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide

Residual water in the 2-amino-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid potassium salt(5.0 g, 0.0221 moles) was displaced with tetrahydrofuran (4×100 mL) byconcentration under vacuum (final reaction volume 105 mL).1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyl-carbodiimide hydrochloride (5.33 g,0.0195 moles) was added to the tetrahydrofuran solution and the reactionslurry was stirred for 15 to 60 minutes at 20° C. to 25° C. To this wasadded (S)-2-amino-N-pentyl-2-phenyl-acetamide, benzene sulfonate (7.39g, 0.0195 moles) and (S)-2-amino-N-pentyl-2-phenyl-acetamide (0.97 g,0.0044 moles), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 to 24 hoursat 20° C. to 25° C. The tetrahydrofuran was displaced with ethyl acetate(3×100 Ml) by concentration under vacuum. After the final concentration,to give an oil, sufficient ethyl acetate was added to obtain a solution(final reaction mixture volume 260 mL). Aqueous sodium bicarbonate (250mL) and activated carbon (5.0g, Darco G-60) were added to the ethylacetate solution and the whole was stirred for 2 to 3 hours at 200 to25° C. The mixture was filtered to remove activated carbon and theaqueous and organic filtrate layers were separated. The organic layerwas washed twice with water (2×100 mL). Residual water in the productsolution was displaced at atmospheric pressure with ethyl acetate andthe product was isolated as an ethyl acetate solution with a yield of90% assumed (6.86 g, 0.0176 moles).

¹H NMR (selected signals, DMSO-d₆) δ=8.65 (d, 1H), 8.24 (dd, 1H), 7.93(d, 1H), 7.49 (t, 1H), 7.39 (t, 1H), 7.34-7.23 (series of m, 5H).

(e) Preparation of(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (Dentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide

A mixture of 4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid (7.03 g,0.0264 moles), ethyl acetate (70 mL) and 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole (4.28g, 0.0264 moles) was heated to 75° C. to 80° C. for 3 to 6 hours, thencooled to 20° C. to 25° C. and added to the ethyl acetate solution ofthe 2-aminoquinoline derivative obtained in Step (d) above. The reactionmixture was heated to 75CC to 80° C. for 115 to 135 hours. Ethyl acetate(70 mL) was added and the whole was washed three times with water (3×210ml). Residual water in the reaction mixture was displaced at atmosphericpressure with ethyl acetate, then the ethyl acetate was displaced with2B ethanol (final reaction volume 100 mL). To the reaction slurry, water(10.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 20° C. to 25° C. for4 to 16 hours. The product was isolated by filtration (6.18 g, 55%yield).

¹H NMR (selected signals, DMSO-d₆) δ=11.32 (5, 1H), 8.95 (d, 1H), 8.54(d, 1H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.28 (t, 1H), 8.18-8.11 (series m, 2H), 7.77-7.25(series of m, 13H). X-ray powder diffraction and differential scanningcalorimetry showed the product to be crystalline form A

The compounds in Table 1 (a) were prepared using procedures analogous tothose described above for the synthesis of the compound of Example 1using appropriately substituted starting materials/intermediates whichare available commercially, prepared in a manner analogous to themethods described above for other intermediates, or prepared usingprocedures known to those of average skill in the art. TABLE 1(a) HPLCRetention time (or selected ESMS Calc Ex. No. Compound Name NMR signals)(m + 1) MW 2 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.70 569 568carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(carbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide 3 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-2.77 583 582 carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(methylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide 42-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 2.85 651 650amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[phenyl-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-amide 5(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.52 611 610carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(ethyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 6(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.52 625 624carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(diethylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide 7(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.48 611 610carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(phenyl-propylcarbamoyl-methyl)-amide 8(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 3.00 653 652carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(dipropylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide 9(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.58 611 610carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(isopropylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide 10S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 638carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(ethyl-isopropyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 112-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 624amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid (butylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide12 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 3.05 639 638carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(butyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 132-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 652amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(butyl-ethyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 142-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 652amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(butyl-ethyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 15(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.87 625 624carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(isobutylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide 162-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 2.85 639 638amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide17 (S)-2-[methyl-(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 652carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide 18(S)-2-[methyl-(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 666carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(methyl-pentyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]- amide 19(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 3.0 653 652carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(methyl-pentyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]- amide 20(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.60 655 654carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(5-hydroxy-pentylcarbamoyl)-phenyl- methyl]-amide 21(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 653carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(hexylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide 22(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 3.3 666 665carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(cyclohexyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl- methyl]-amide 23(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 3.43 680 679carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(cyclohexyl-ethyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl- methyl]-amide 24(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 3.23 665 664carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(cyclohexylmethyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl- methyl]-amide 25(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.78 659 658carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(benzylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide 26(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 3.22 673 672carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 272-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 2.97 693 692amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid{[3-(2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-propylcarbamoyl]-phenyl- methyl}-amide 28(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.68 646 645carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[phenyl-(pyridin-4-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-amide 29(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.86 646 645carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[phenyl-(pyridin-3-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-amide 30(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.97 673 674carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[phenyl-(2-pyridin-2-yl-ethylcarbamoyl)- methyl]-amide 31(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 3.05 673 674carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[phenyl-(2-pyridin-4-yl-ethylcarbamoyl)- methyl]-amide 32(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.86 624 625carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-oxo-1-phenyl-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amide 33(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 3.17 638 637carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-oxo-1-phenyl-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amide 34(S)-2-[methyl-(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 650carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-oxo-1-phenyl-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amide 35(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.90 640 639carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide 36(S)-2-[methyl-(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 679carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2-(4-ethyl-piperazin-1-yl)-2-oxo-1-phenyl- ethyl]-amide 37(S)-2-[methyl-(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 693carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2-oxo-1-phenyl-2-(4-propyl-piperazin-1-yl)- ethyl]-amide 38(S)-[2-Phenyl-2-({2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl- 5.72(d, 1H); 641640.6 2-carbonyl)amino]-quinoline-6- 4.04(m, 2H);carbonyl}amino)acetylamino]-acetic acid 3.72(s, 3H) methyl ester 39(S)-{Methyl-[phenyl-({2-[(4′- 6.12(d, 0.8H); 655 654.6trifluoromethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]- 5.86(d, 0.2H);quinoline-6-carbonyl}-amino)-acetyl]amino}- 3.72(s, 2.4H); acetic acidmethyl ester 3.54(s, 0.6H); 3.03(s, 0.6H); 2.96(2.4H) 40(S)-3-[2-Phenyl-2-({2-[(4′- 5.57(d, 1H); 655 654.6trifluoromethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]- 3.60(s, 3H)quinoline-6-carbonyl}-amino)acetylamino]- propionic acid methyl ester 41(S)-4-{[2-Phenyl-2-({2-[(4′- 5.69(d, 1H); 717 716.7trifluoromethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]- 4.53(t, 2H);quinoline-6-carbonyl}-amino)-acetylamino]- 3.89(s, 3H) methyl}-benzoicacid methyl ester 42 (S)-4-({Methyl-[phenyl-({2-[(4- 6.07(d, 1H); 807806.8 trifluoromethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 5.32(s, 2H);quinoline-6-carbonyl}amino)-acetyl]-amino}- 2.90(s, 0.9H);methyl)-benzoic acid benzyl ester 2.85(2.1H) 43(S)-4-({Methyl-[phenyl-({2-[(4′- 6.08(m, 1H); 731 730.7trifluoromethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 3.90(s, 3H);quinoline-6-carbonyl}amino)-acetyl]-amino}- 2.94(s, 0.9H);methyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester 2.89(2.1H) 44(S)-4-[2-Phenyl-2-({2-[(4′- 5.54(d, 1H); 745 744.8trifluoromethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 5.06(s, 2H)quinoline-6-carbonyl}-amino)acetylamino]- butyric acid benzyl ester 45(S)-4-[2-Phenyl-2-({2-[(4′- 669 668.7trifluoromethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]-quinoline-6-carbonyl}-amino)-acetylamino]- butyric acid methyl ester 46(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- NMR: 6.13(d, 691 690.7carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid{[(4- 0.3H); 6.07(d,fluorobenzyl)methyl-carbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 0.7H); 2.90(s, 0.9H);2.85(s, 2.1H);

The compounds in Table (1b) were prepared using procedures analogous tothose described above for the synthesis of the compound of Example 1except that compound (F-1 b2) was used in place of compound (F-1a2) asthe starting material. TABLE 1(b) Ex. No. Compound Name ESMS (M + 1)Calc MW ¹H NMR 47 (S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 654 653 (500MHz, CDCl₃) δ=8.18(s,1H), trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 8.05(t, J=6.7Hz, 1H), 7.995(dd,carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- J=8.8, 1.8Hx, 1H), 7.76-7.72(m, 6-carboxylicacid[(butyl- 2H), 7.75-7.28(m, 11H), 7.1(m, methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-1H), 6.95(br s, 1H), 6.07 and 6.04 methyl]-amide rotamers(1:1)[6.07(d,J=6.7Hz), 6.04(d, J=7.0Hz), 1H], 3.40(s, 3H), 3.3(m, 1H), 3.01 and 2.94rotamers(2s, 3H), 2.92 and 2.85 rotamers(2s, 3H), 1.54-1.46(m, 2H),1.33-1.24(m, 2H), 0.96-0.81 (m, 3H) 48 (S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 674 673(500MHz, CDCl₃) δ=8.1(s, 1H), trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 7.85-7.75(m,2H), 7.56(m, 2H), carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 7.45-6.65(m, 18H), 5.835and 6-carboxylic acid 5.570 rotamers(approx 4:1)[major(benzylcarbamoyl-phenyl- 5.835(d, J=6.7Hz), minor 5.57(d, methyl)-amideJ=6.9Hz), 4.36(m, 2H), 3.31(s, 3H) 49 (S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 653 652(500MHz, CDCl₃) δ=8.32(s, 1H), trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 8.05(m, 2h),7.60-7.25(m, 11H), carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 7.10(m, 1H), 6.9(br s,1H), 6.09(d, 6-carboxylic acid[(ethyl- J=7.0Hz, 1H), 3.40(s, 3H),3.35(m, propyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl- 2H),3.23(m, 2H), 1.81(m, 2H)), 0.91(t,methyl]-amide J=7.2Hz, 3H)), 0.82(t, J=7.3Hz, 3H) 50 (S)-2-[methyl-(4′-639 638 (500MHz, CDCl₃) δ=8.09(s, 1H), trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-7.98-7.89(m, 2H), 7.70-7.60(m, carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 2H),7.5-7.0(m, 13H), 6.00 and 6-carboxylic acid[(methyl- 5.95rotamers(1:1.4)[.inor 6.00(d, propyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl- J=7.7Hz), major5.95(d, J=7.0Hz), methyl]-amide 1H], 3.43(m, 1H)3.33(s, 3H), 3.25(m,1H), 2.93 and 2.84 rotamers(2s, 3H), 1.5(m, 2H), 0.8(m, 3H) 51(S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 625 624 (500MHz, CDCl₃) δ=8.08(s, 1H),trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 7.96-7.90(m, 2H), 7.76-7.66(m, 2H),carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 7.48-7.20(m, 11H), 7.05(d, J=7.0Hz,6-carboxylic acid[(ethyl- 1H), 6.89(br s, 1H), 6.00 and 5.96 rotamersmethyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl- (approx 1:1.3)minor 6.00(d, J=7.3Hz),methyl]-amide major 5.96(d, J=7.0Hz), 1H], 3.42 and 3.21 rotamers(2m,2H), 3.32(s, 3H), 2.93 and 2.83 rotamers(2s, 3H), 1.18 and 0.87rotamers([major 1.189t, J=7.3Hz), minor 0.87(t, J=6.0Hz), 3H] 52(S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 624 623 (500MHz, CDCl₃) δ=8.20(s, 1H),trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 7.85(m, 1H), 7.80(m, 1H), 7.75,carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 7.60(m, 2H), 7.5-7.25(m, 10H), 6-carboxylicacid 7.06(m, 1H), 6.9(br s, 1H), 6.42(s, (cyclopropylcarbamoyl- 1H),5.68(d, J=6.7Hz, 1H), 3.32(s, 3H), Phenyl-methyl)-amide 2.64(m, 1H),0.69(m, 2H), 0.38(m, 2H) 53 (S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 639 638 (500MHz,CDCl₃)rotamers(4:1) trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- some sigmals doubledδ=8.15(s, carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 1H), 7.92(dd, J=7.0, 1.9Hz, 1H),6-carboxylic acid 7.85(d, J=6.5Hz, 1H), 7.70(d,(isobutylcarbamoyl-phenyl- J=8.3Hz, 1H), 7.65(d, J=6.5Hz, methyl)-amide1H), 7.49-7.19(m, 11H), 7.04(m, 1H), 8.86(m, 1H), 6.13 and 5.88rotamers[major 6.13(m), 5.88(m), 1H)], 5.69 and 5.45 rotamers[major5.69(d, J=6.5Hz), minor 5.45(d, J=6.5Hz), 1H], 3.32(s, 3H), 3.07(m,1H),2.95(m, 1H), 0.74(d, J=2.3Hz, 3H), 0.715(d, J=2.3Hz, 3H), 0.66(m, 1H) 54(S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 626 625 (500MHz, CDCl₃) δ=8.10(s, 1H),trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 7.92(dd, 8.8, 1.8Hz, 1H), 7.83(d,carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- J=6.5Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.63(m, 2H), 6-carboxylicacid(phenyl- 7.49-7.25(m, 10H), 7.04(m, 1H), propylcarbamoyl-methyl)-6.9(m, 1H), 6.19-5.92 rotamers amide 5:1)[major 6.19(m), minor(5.92 m),1H], 5.68-5.44 rotamers [major 5.65(d, j=6.5Hz), minor (5, 44(d,J=7.3Hz), 1H], 3.32(s, 3H), 3.15(m, 2h), 1.37(m, 2H), 0.74(m, 3H) 55(S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 653 652 (500MHz, CD₃OD) δ=8.30(s, 1H),trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 8.03(d, j=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.95(m.carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 1H), 7.70(d, j=7.5Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.37(m,6-carboxylic acid(2- 11H), 7.20(bs s, 1H), 7.05(br s, 1H),morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-1- 6.79(br s, 1H), 6.14(3, 1H), 3.74-3.70(m,phenyl-ethyl)-amide 2H), 3.63-3.55(n, 4H), 3.40(s, 3H), 3.32(m, 4H),3.15(m, 1H) 56 (S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 637 636 500MHz, CD₃OD) δ=8.91(d,trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- J=5.0Hz, 1H), 8.31(s, 3H), 8.04(dd,carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 8.8, 2.0Hz, 1H), 7.96(d, J=8.6Hz,6-carboxylic acid(2-oxo-1- 1H), 7.70(d, J=7.5Hz, 1H),phenyl-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl- 7.54-7.36(m,12H), 7.20(br s, 1H), ethyl)-amide7.05(br s, 1H), 5.93(m, 1H), 3.78(m, 1H), 3.60(m, 1H), 3.44(m, 1H),3.40(s, 3H), 3.20(m, 1H), 2.05-1.80(m, 4H) 57 (S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 680 679(500MHz, CDCl₃), δ=8.10(s, 1H), trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 7.92(d,J=8.0Hz, 1H), 7.825(d, carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- J=5Hz, 1H), 7.7(br s,1H), 7.63(d, 6-carboxylic acid J=8.0Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.24(m,[(cyclohexylmethyl- 11H), 7.05(br s, 1H), 6.90(br s,carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]- 1H), 6.02(t, j=6.0Hz, 1H), 5.65(d, amideJ=6.3Hz, 1H), 3.32(s, 3H), 3.04(m, 2H), 1.77(m, 1H), 1.58-1.48(m, 4H),1.38-1.30(m, 2H), 1.08-0.98(m, 2H), 0.78-0.70(m, 2H) 58(S)-2-[methyl-(4′- 688 687 (500MHz, CDCl₃)rotamers(2:1)trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- some signals doubled δ=8.09(s,carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 1H), 7.93(m, 2h), 7.69(br s, 1H),6-carboxylic acid[(benzyl- 7.65(d, J=d, J=7.5Hz, 1H),methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl- 7.49-7.19(m, 14H), 7.11(m, 2H), 7.03(br s,methyl]-amide 1H), 6.90(m, 1H), 6.08 and 6.02 rotamers[minor 6.07(d,J=7.6Hz), major 6.03(d, J=8.0Hz), 1H], 4.60 and 4.40 rotamers[major4.6(m), minor 4.40(m), 2H], 3.32(s, 3H), 2.88 and 2.80 rotamers[minor2.88(s), major 2.80(s), 3H]

Example 59 Preparation of (S)-4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylicacid(6-{[(diethylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amino]-methyl}-quinolin-2-yl)-amide(a) Preparation of Intermediate 4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylicacid (6-formyl-quinolin-2-yl)-amide

To a solution of the ester (F-1a3, 1.04 g, 2.74 mM) in THF (10 mL) at 0°C. was added dropwise a solution of DIBAL (1.0 M in THF, 8 mL). Themixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature and was stirredat that temperature for 12H. The reaction was quenched with aqueousNaHCO₃ and the mixture was extracted 3 times with EtOAc. The combinedEtOAc fractions were washed with brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The mixturewas filtered and concentrated to provide the corresponding alcohol as awhite solid (0.93 g). The alcohol was used without further purification.

The alcohol product (0.772 g, 1.83 mM) from the above reaction wasdissolved in CH₂Cl₂ and Dess-Martin periodinane (0.67 g, 1.83 mM). Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction wasquenched with aqueous 1N Na₂S₂O₃ (10 mL) and aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL), andthe resulting heterogeneous mixture was stirred vigorously for 15 min.The mixture was poured into a separatory funnel and the CH₂Cl₂ fractionwas removed. The aqueous fraction was extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Thecombined CH₂Cl₂ fractions were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentratedto provide 0.6 g of the corresponding aldehyde K. The product was usedin the next step without further purification.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) 0=10.18 (s, 1H), 8.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.32(d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.29 9d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H),7.83-7.47 (overlapping m, 9H)

(b) Preparation of (S)-4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid(6-{[(diethylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amino]-methyl}-quinolin-2-yl)-amide

To a solution of 4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid(6-formyl-quinolin-2-yl)-amide (K, 118 mg, 0.28 mM) in dichloroethane(2.5 mL) was added the amine hydrochloride salt of G-1b (0.42 mM, 1.5equiv) followed by triethylamine (58 uL, 0.42 mM). Sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h.After cooling to room temperature the mixture was applied directly to asmall silica gel column. The product was eluted with 75% EtOAc inhexanes. HPLC retention time, 1.74 min; ESMS (M+1), 611; calc. Mw, 610

The compounds in Table 2 were prepared from appropriate startingmaterials using procedures analogous to those for the synthesis of thecompound of Example 59. TABLE 2 HPLC Reten- Calc. Ex. tion ESMS Mol. No.Compound Name time (m + 1) Wgt. 60 (S)-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-2.60 659 658 carboxylic acid[6-({[(benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]- amino}-methyl)-quinolin-2-yl]- amide61 (S)-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.62 625 624 carboxylicacid[6-({[(butyl- methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amino}-methyl)-quinolin-2-yl]- amide 62(S)-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.73 640 639 carboxylicacid[6-({[(methyl- pentyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amino}-methyl)-quinolin-2-yl]- amide 63(S)-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.73 626 625 carboxylic acid(6-{[(pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl- methyl)-amino]-methyl}- quinolin-2-yl)-amide

Example 64 Preparation of (S)-4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylicacid(6-{[(diethylcarbamoyl-phenyl)-methyl-amino]-methyl)-quinolin-2-yl)-amide

To a solution of the amine (0.1 mM) in CHCl₃ (2 mL) was added formicacid (0.15 mM) and aqueous formaldehyde (0.3 mM) and the mixture washeated to 60° C. for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature the mixturewas diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with aqueous NAHCO₃ and brine,dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound.HPLC retention time, 2.46 min; ESMS (m+1), 625; calc. Mw, 624.

The compounds in Table 3 were prepared from appropriate startingmaterials using procedures analogous to those for the synthesis of thecompound of Example 55. TABLE 3 HPLC Reten- Calc. Ex. tion ESMS Mol. No.Compound Name time (m + 1) Wgt. 65 (S)-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-2.62 639 638 carboxylic acid[6-({[(butyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]- methyl-amino}-methyl)-quinolin-2-yl]-amide 66 4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.79 673 672 carboxylicacid[6-({[(benzyl- methyl-carbamoyl)phenylmethyl]-methyl-amino}-methyl)-quinolin-2- yl]-amide 67(S)-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.67 653 653 carboxylicacid[6-({methyl- [(methyl-pentyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amino}-methyl)- quinolin-2-yl]-amide 68(S)-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2- 2.80 639 638 carboxylicacid(6-{[methyl- (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amino]-methyl}-quinolin-2- yl)-amide

Example 69 Preparation of (S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-ethoxy-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide (a) Preparation of Intermediate(S)-Phenyl-2-(trityl-amino)-ethanol

To a mixture of (S)-(+)-phenylglycinol (J, 1.0 g, 7.3 mM) andtriphenylmethyl chloride (2.03 g, 7.29 mM) in dichloromethane (25 mL)was added triethylamine (0.74 g, 7.29 mM). The resulting mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 12 h. The mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (75 mL) and washed with water and brine. The ethyl acetatefraction was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The solid wasused without further purification.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ=7.53-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.28-7.15 9m, 15H), 3.81(s, 1H), 3.23 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H)

(b) Preparation of Intermediate (S)-2-Ethoxy-1-phenyl-ethylaminehydrocloride

(S)-Phenyl-2-(trityl-amino)-ethanol (J-1, 0.1 g, 0.26 mM), was dissolvedin THF (3 mL). Sodium hydride (25 mg, 1.05 mM) was added and the mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. The ethyl bromide (0.52mM) was added and the mixture was heated to 50° C. for 4 h. The reactionwas quenched with water and the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate.The ethyl acetate fraction was dried (MgSO₄) filtered and concentrated.The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel), elutingwith EtOAc/hexanes.

The product from the above reaction was treated with 4M HCl/dioxane (2mL). After stirring for 30 minutes at room temperature the mixture wasconcentrated and dried under high vacuum to provide the title compound.

(c) Preparation of(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(2-ethoxy-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide

This compound was prepared in a manner analogous to that described inExample 1 (b). HPLC retention time, 2.21 min; ESMS (m+1), 584; calc. Mw,583

The compounds in Table 4 were prepared from appropriate startingmaterials using procedures analogous to those described in Example (1b).TABLE 4 HPLC Reten- Calc. Ex. tion ESMS Mol. No. Compound Name time(m + 1) Wgt. 70 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.10 571 570biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-methoxy-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide 71 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.58 612611 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(2-butoxy-1-phenyl-ethyl)- amide 72 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.35646 645 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-benzyloxy-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide 73 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.41 714715 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[1-phenyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- benzyloxy)-ethyl]-amide 74(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.41 680 679 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2- (2-chloro-benzyloxy)-1-phenyl-ethyl]-amide 75 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.38 660 659biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2-(2-methyl-benzyloxy)-1-phenyl- ethyl]-amide 76(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.45 680 681 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2- (3-chloro-benzyloxy)-1-phenyl-ethyl]-amide 77 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.40 660 659biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2-(3-methyl-benzyloxy)-1-phenyl- ethyl]-amide 78 2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-2.46 700 699 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[1-phenyl-2-(3-trifluoromethyl- phenoxy)-ethyl]-amide

Example 79 Preparation of(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (1-phenyl-2-propionylamino-ethyl)-amide (a) Preparation ofIntermediate (S)-Methanesulfonic acid2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-phenyl-ethyl ester

Intermediate (J-2a) was prepared in accordance with the proceduredescribed in Giuseppe A. M. Giardina et al., J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42,1053-1065.

(b) Preparation of Intermediate (S)-2-Azido-1-phenyl-ethylaminehydrochloride

(S)-Methanesulfonic acid 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-phenyl-ethylester, (J-2a, 1.1 g, 3.48 mM) was dissolved in DMSO (25 mL) and treatedwith sodium azide (0.45 g, 7.0 mM). The mixture was heated to 500C for24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured intocold water (75 mL). The solid was collected by filtration and driedunder high vacuum for 24 h. The solid was stirred in 4 N HCL/dioxane for30 min and then concentrated. The solid was used without furtherpurification.

(c) Preparation of Intermediate(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (2-azido-1]-phenyl-ethyl)amide

2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid, (F-1a2, 0.78 g, 1.79 mM), (S)-2-azido-1-phenyl-ethylaminehydrochloride (0.36 g, 1.79 mM), EDC (0.41 g, 2.15 mM) and HOBT (10 mg,0.075 mM), were dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (15 mL) and treated withtriethylamine (0.75 mL, 5.4 mM). The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 16 h, then was diluted with EtOAc (75 mL) and washedwith 0.5 N HCl (20 mL), aqueous NaHCO₃ (20 mL), and brine. The EtOAcfraction was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. ESMS (m+1), 581;calc. Mw, 580.

(d) Preparation of Intermediate(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (2-amino-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide

(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (2-azido-1-phenyl-ethyl)amide (M, 0.722 mg, 1.22 mM) was dissolvedin dioxane (10 mL). Triphenyl phosphine (0.35 g, 1.34 mM) was added andthe mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 4 h. The mixture was removed fromthe heat and treated with an aqueous solution of NaOH (1N, 5 mL). Theresulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixturewas treated with 1N HCl (10 mL) and stirred for 12 h. The precipitatewas collected by filtration and washed with ether. The solid was driedunder high vacuum to provide(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (2-amino-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide. ESMS (m+1), 555; calc. Mw, 554

(e) Preparation of(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(1-Phenyl-2-propionylamino-ethyl)-amide

(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (2amino-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide (N, 30 mg, 0.05 mM), proprionic acid(0.075 mM), EDC (14 mg, 0.075 mM), HOBT (11 mg, 0.075 mM), andtriethylamine (0.03 mL, 0.21 mM) were taken up in CH₂Cl₂(1 mL) andstirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated andthe residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel) elutingwith EtOAc/hexanes. HPLC retention time, 2.87 min; ESMS (m+1), 611;calc. Mw, 610

The compounds in Table 5 were prepared from appropriate startingmaterials using procedures analogous to those for the synthesis of thecompound of Example 79. TABLE 5 HPLC Calc. Ex. Retention ESMS Mol. No.Compound Name time (m + 1) Wgt. 80 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.70 597596 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-acetylamino-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide 81 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.87611 610 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(1-phenyl-2-propionylamino- ethyl)-amide 82 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-2.92 626 624 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-butyrylamino-1-phenyl- ethyl)-amide 83 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.03639 638 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-pentanoylamino-1-phenyl- ethyl)-amide 84 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-3.10 659 3.1 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-benzoylamino-1-phenyl- ethyl)-amide 85 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.91634 633 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-methanesulfonylamino-1- phenyl-ethyl)-amide 86(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.17 710 709 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[1- phenyl-2-(toluene-4-sulfonylamino)-ethyl]-amide 87 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.08 662 661biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[1-phenyl-2-(propane-1- sulfonylamino)-ethyl]-amide 88(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.17 696 695 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2- benzenesulfonylamino-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide 89 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.17 676 675biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2-(butane-1-sulfonylamino)-1-phenyl- ethyl]-amide 90(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.99 648 647 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2- ethanesulfonylamino-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide

Example 91 Preparation of(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (2-benzylamino-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide

(S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (2-amino-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide (N, 30 mg, 0.05 mM) was dissolved in1,2-dichloroethane. Benzaldehyde (0.15 mM) was added followed by sodiumtriacetoxy borohydride (110 mg, 0.51 mM). The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 16 h. The solution was concentrated, and theresidue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel) eluting withEtOAc/hexanes. HPLC retention time, 2.75 min; ESMS, 645; calc. Mw, 644

The compounds in Table 6 were prepared from appropriate startingmaterials using procedures analogous to those for the synthesis of thecompound of Example 91. TABLE 6 HPLC Reten- Calc. Ex. tion ESMS Mol. No.Compound Name time (m + 1) Wgt. 92 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.77 639638 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-dipropylamino-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide 93 (S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.96667 666 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(2-dibutylamino-1-phenyl- ethyl)-amide

Example 94 Preparation of (S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biohenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-luinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2-(benzyl-methyl-amino)-1-phenyl-ethyl]-amide (a). Preparation ofIntermediate (S)-N-2-Benzyl-N²-methyl-1-phenyl-ethane-1,2-diamine.

(S)-[(Benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-carbamic acid tert-butylester (J-2b1) may be prepared as described in Example 44(e) of PCTpatent application publication No. WO 03/002533.

To a solution of (S)-[(benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester (J-2b1, 1.0 mM) in THF was added LAH (0.15 g, 4mM) in portions. The mixuture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h.The mixture was slowly poured into an aqueous solution of NaOH (0.5 N,50 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate(25 mL). The combined ethyl acetate fractions were washed with brine,dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The product was treated with4M HCl in dioxane (4 mL). After stirring for 30 minutes at roomtemperature the mixture was concentrated and the residue was dried underhigh vacuum for 16 h. The resulting solid was used without furtherpurification.

(b) Preparation of (S)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2-(benzyl-methyl-amino)-1-phenyl-ethyl]-amide

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to that describedin Example 1(b). HPLC retention time, 2.65 min; ESMS (m+1), 660; calc.Mw, 659

The compounds in Table 7 were prepared from appropriate startingmaterials using procedures analogous to those described in Example (1b).TABLE 7 HPLC Reten- Calc. Ex. tion ESMS Mol. No. Compound Name time(m + 1) Wgt. 95 (s)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl- 2.56 625 624biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2-(ethyl-propyl-amino)-1-phenyl- ethyl]-amide 96(s)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl- 2.52 639 638 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2- (butyl-ethyl-amino)-1-phenyl-ethyl]-amide 97 (s)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl- 2.71 639 638biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[2-(methyl-pentyl-amino)-1-phenyl- ethyl]-amide

Example 98 Preparation of(R)-2-[(4′-Trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (1-p-tolyl-ethyl)-amide

This compound was prepared in a manner analogous to that described inExample (1b). HPLC retention time, 3.23 min; ESMS (m+1), 554; calc Mw,553

The compounds in Tables 8(a) and 8(b) were prepared from appropriatesrarting materials using procedures analogous to those described inExample (1b) TABLE 8(a) HPLC Calc. Ex. Retention ESMS Mol. No. CompoundName time (m + 1) Wgt. 99 (R)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.10 570 569biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[1-(4-methoxy-phenyl)- ethyl]-amide 100 (R)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.09570 569 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[1-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide 101 (R)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.78 554553 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(1-phenyl-propyl)-amide 102 2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 2.40 622 621biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- propyl]-amide 103 2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-2.33 622 621 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[1-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- propyl]-amide 104 2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-3.47 616 615 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pentyl]- amide 105 2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.23 596595 biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(1-phenyl-hexyl)-amide 106 2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 3.53 652 651biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(1-phenyl-decyl)-amide 107 2-[(4′-Isopropyl-biphenyl- 5272-carbonyl)-amino]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(1- phenyl-propyl)-amide

TABLE 8(b) Ex. ESMS No. Compound Name (m + 1) ¹H NMR 108(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 603 ¹H NMR(400MHz, CD₃Cl): □06.35(d, 1H),biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 7.05-7.65(c, 15H), 7.97(m, 1H), 8.02(d,quinoline-6-carboxylic acid 1H), 8.18(d, 1H), 8.29(d, 1H), 8.42(c, 1H),(phenyl-pyridin-2-yl- 8.58(d, 1H), 8.69(d, 1H). methyl)-amide 1092-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 556 1H NMR(400MHz, CD₃Cl): □ 0.88(t, 3H),biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 2.00(m, 2H), 5.25(m, 1H), 7.2-7.7(c, 10H),quinoline-6-carboxylic acid 7.80(d, 1H), 8.02(m, 2H), 8.22(d, 1H),(1-pyridin-2-yl-propyl)-amide 8.28(d, 1H), 8.43(c, 1H), 8.58(d, 1H),8.71(s, 1H). 110 2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl- 541 1H NMR(400MHz, CD₃Cl): □1.58(d, 3H), biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 5.38(c, 1H), 7.2-7.7(c, 10H),7.94(d, 2H), quinoline-6-carboxylic acid 8.02(m, 1H), 8.21(d, 1H),8.28(d, 1H), (1-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide 8.4(c, 1H), 8.56(d, 1H),8.72(c, 1H). 111 (S)-2-[(4′-isopropyl- 578 1H NMR(400MHz, CD₃Cl): □1.16(d, 6H), biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 2.84(m, 1H), 6.36(d, 1H),7.2-7.47(c, 11H), quinoline-6-carboxylic acid 7.53(m, 1H), 7.66(m, 2H),7.79(m, 1H), (phenyl-pyridin-2-yl- 8.06(m, 1H), 8.15(s, 1H), 8.22(d,1H), methyl)-amide 8.31(d, 1H), 8.48(d, 1H), 8.63(d, 2H). 112(S)-2-[(4′-tert-butyl- 592 1H NMR(400MHz, CD₃Cl): d1.23(d, 9H),biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 2.84(m, 1H), 6.36(d, 1H), 7.2-7.47(c, 11H),quinoline-6-carboxylic acid 7.53(m, 1H), 7.66(m, 2H), 7.79(m, 1H),(phenyl-pyridin-2-yl- 8.06(m, 1H), 8.15(s, 1H), 8.22(d, 1H),methyl)-amide 8.31(d, 1H), 8.48(d, 1H), 8.63(d, 2H)

Example 113 Preparation of(S)-Phenyl-({2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carbonyl}-amino)-aceticacid methyl ester

This compound was prepared in a manner analogous to that described inExample (1b). The intermediate phenylglycine methyl ester iscommercially available. HPLC retention time, 2.86 min; ESMS (m+1), 584;calc. Mw, 583

Example 114(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6-carboxylicacid {[(4-fluorobenzyl)methylcarbamoyllhenylmethyl}amide a) Preparationof Intermediate N-(4-Fluorobenzyl)formamide

A solution of 4-fluorobenzylamine (20 g, 160 mmol) in ethyl formate washeated at reflux for 4 h. After cooling, the solvent was evaporated toafford a yellow solid. Trituration with cold EtOAc afforded the titlecompound as a white solid (17.46 g, 71%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): □ 8.24 (s,1H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.00 (m, 2H), 5.91 (br s, 1H), 4.42 (d, 2H).

b) Preparation of Intermediate (4-Fluorobenzyl)methylamine

A solution of N-(4-fluorobenzyl)formamide (17.46 g, 114 mol) in THF (100mL) was cooled in an ice bath (00° C.). Lithium alumininum hydride (7.2g, 190 mmol) was then added carefully in portions with stirring. Thecooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for about 64 h. The reaction was diluted with diethyl etherand again cooled in an ice bath. It was then quenched by carefuldropwise addition of aq. 1N NaOH solution followed by saturated aq.Na₂SO₄ solution. The resulting mixture was filtered, washing thecollected solids with diethyl ether. The filtrate was concentrated toafford the title compound as a clear oil (15.2 g, 96%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃):0 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.02 (t, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H).

c) Preparation Intermediate of (S)—f[(4-Fluorobenzyl)methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl]carbamic acid tert-butylester

A solution of N-Boc-L-phenylglycine (H, 17.2 g, 68.5 mmol) and(4-fluorobenzyl)methylamine (10.47 g, 75.3 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (550 mL) wascooled to 0° C. Disopropylethylamine (35.8 mL, 205 mmol) and PyBroP(38.3 g, 82.1 mmol) were then added sequentially. The cooling bath wasremoved and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperatureovernight. The solvent was evaporated and the title compound (24.5 g,96%) was isolated by chromatography on silica gel eluting with agradient of 40% to 60% ethyl acetate in hexane. ¹H NMR (selectedsignals, CDCl₃): □ 6.02 (d, 0.3H), 5.56 (d, 0.7H), 2.83 (s, 0.9H), 2.78(s, 2.1H), 1.40 (s, 6.3H, 1.39 (s, 2.7H).

d) Preparation of Intermediate(S)-2-Amino-N-(4-fluorobenzyl)-N-methyl-2-phenylacetamide hydrochloride

A solution of HCl in dioxane (4M, 100 mL) was cooled in an ice bath andadded to (S)-{[(4-fluorobenzyl)methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}carbamicacid tert-butyl ester (9.49 g, 25.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was thenstirred for 5h, allowing the temperature to rise to room temperatureover this period. Volatiles, including HCl and solvent, were evaporatedto afford the title compound as a white solid (7.9 g, 100%). ¹H NMR(selected signals, CDCl₃): □8.94 (br s, 3H), 5.94 (br s, 0.3H), 5.82 (brs, 0.7H), 2.66 (s, 0.9H), 2.64 (s, 2.1H).

e) Preparation of(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6-carboxylicacid {[(4-fluorobenzyl)methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide

To a solution of2-[(4′-tert-butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(11.0 g, 26 mmol) and(S)-2-amino-N-(4-fluorobenzyl)-N-methyl-2-phenylacetamide hydrochloride(12.04 g, 39 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) at room temperature was addedtriethylamine (5.4 mL, 39 mmol) andN,N-dimethylaminopropylethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (7.48 g, 39mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight.Volatiles, including solvent, were evaporated under vacuum. The titlecompound, a white amorphous solid (14.4 g, 82%), was isolated bychromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient of 40% to 60% ethylacetate in hexane. ¹H NMR (selected signals, CDCl₃): 0 6.15 (d, 0.3H),6.09 (d, 0.7H), 2.91 (s, 0.9H), 2.86 (s, 2.1H), 1.23 (s, 9H). MS m/z 679(M+1).

The compounds in Table 9(a) were prepared using procedures analogous tothose described above for the synthesis of the compound of Example 114using appropriately substituted starting materials/intermediates whichare available commercially, prepared in a manner analogous to themethods described above for other intermediates, or prepared usingprocedures known to those of average skill in the art. TABLE 9(a) Ex.Select ¹H NMR ESMS No. Compound Name signals (CDCl₃) (m + 1) 115(R)-2-[(4′-Benzyloxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.01(s, 2H);578 carboxylic acid(1-phenyl-ethyl)amide 5.4(m, 1H); 1.65(d, 3H) 116(S)-2-[(4′-Benzyloxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.0(s, 2H)641 carboxylic acid(phenyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)amide 117(S)-2-[(4′-Benzyloxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.01(s, 2H),649 carboxylic acid(isopropyl-carbamoylphenylmethyl)amide 4.13(m, 1H);1.18(d, 3H), 1.07(d, 3H) 118 (S)-3-[2-({2-[(4′-Benzyloxybiphenyl-2-5.06(s, 2H), 769 carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6-carbonyl}amino)-2-phenyl-5.00(m, 2H); acetylamino]propionic acid benzyl ester 3.55(m, 1H);3.50(m, 1H); 2.57(m, 2H) 119(R)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 2.84(m, 1H);514 carboxylic acid(1-phenyl-ethyl)amide 1.62(d, 3H); 1.14(d, 6H) 120(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 2.84(m, 1H);577 carboxylic acid(phenyl-pyridin-2-yl-methyl)amide 1.16(d, 6H) 121(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 543carboxylic acid(carbamoylphenylmethyl)amide 122(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.03(s, 2H);705 carboxylic acid(isopropyl-carbamoylphenylmethyl)amide 2.83(m, 1H);1.13(d, 6H) 123(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.51(d, 1H);599 carboxylic acid(tert-butyl-carbamoylphenylmethyl)amide 2.84(m, 1H);1.31(s, 9H); 1.15(d, 6H) 124(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.13(d,0.3H); 647 carboxylic acid 6.09(d, 0.7H);[(benzylmethylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 2.89(s, 0.9H); 2.85(s, 2.1H);1.13(d, 6H) 125(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.15(d,0.3H); 665 carboxylic acid{[(4-fluoro- 6.10(d, 0.7H);benzyl)methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}-amide 2.93(s, 0.9H); 2.88(s, 2.1H);1.18(d, 6H) 126 PF-00929034: 3-[2-({2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2- 5.55(d,1H); 705 carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6-carbonyl}amino)-2-phenyl- 5.04(s,2H); acetylamino]propionic acid benzyl ester 1.13(d, 6H) 127(S)-2-[(4′-Methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.36(d, 1H);549 carboxylic acid(phenylpyridin-2-ylmethyl)amide 2.31(s, 3H) 128(S)-2-[(4′-Methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.13(d, 0.3H);637 carboxylic acid{[(4-fluorobenzyl)- 6.08(d, 0.7H);methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 2.90(s, 0.9H); 2.86(s, 2.1H); 2.30(s,3H) 129 (S)-2-[(4′-Methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.00(d,1H); 623 carboxylic acid[(4-fluorobenzyl- 4.24(m, 2H);carbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 2.24(s, 3H) 130(S)-2-[(4′-Methylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.12(d, 1H);620 carboxylic acid[(methylpyridin-2-yl- 2.24(s, 3H);methylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 2.98(s, 2.1H); 2.94(s, 0.9H) 131(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.65(d, 1H);651 carboxylic acid[(4- 4.42(s, H);fluorobenzylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 2.85(m, 1H); 1.15(d, 6H) 132(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.12(m, 1H);648 carboxylic acid[(methyl-pyridin-2- 3.00(s, 3H);ylmethylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 2.83(m, 1H); 1.14(d, 6H) 133(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.96(d, 1H);634 carboxylic acid{phenyl-[(pyridin-2- 4.32(m, 2H);ylmethyl)carbamoyl]methyl}amide 2.72(m, 1H); 1.03(m, 6H) 134(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.15(d,0.3H); 679 carboxylicacid{[(4-fluoro- 6.09(d, 0.7H);benzyl)methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 2.91(s, 0.9H); 2.86(s, 2.1H);1.23(s, 9H) 135(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.65(d, 1H);665 carboxylicacid[(4-fluoro- 4.43(m, 2H);benzylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 1.23(s, 9H) 136(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.11(m, 1H);662 carboxylicacid[(methylpyridin-2- 3.01(0.9H);ylmethylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]-amide 2.99(2.1H); 1.21(s, 9H) 137(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.93(d, 1H);648 carboxylicacid{phenyl-[(pyridin-2- 4.36(m, 2H);ylmethyl)carbamoyl]methyl}amide 1.12(s, 9H) 138(R)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.40(d, 1H);528 carboxylic acid(1-phenyl-ethyl)amide 5.38(m, 1H); 1.64(d, H);1.23(s, 9H) 139(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.35(d, 1H);591 carboxylic acid(phenyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)amide 1.23(s, 9H) 140(S)-2-[(4′-Ethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.13(d, 0.3H);651 carboxylic acid{[(4-fluorobenzyl)- 6.08(d, 0.7H);methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 2.88(s, 0.9H); 2.85(5, 2.1H); 2.58(q,2H); 1.14(t, 3H) 141(S)-2-[(4′-Ethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 5.74(d, 1H); 637carboxylic acid[(4-fluorobenzyl- 4.39(d, 2H);carbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 2.58(q, 2H); 1.14(t, 3H) 142(S)-2-[(4′-Ethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.11(m, 1H); 634carboxylic acid[(methylpyridin-2-yl- 3.03(s, 0.9H);methylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 3.00(s, 2.1H); 2.59(q, 2H); 1.15(t,3H) 143 (S)-2-[(4′-Ethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 5.76(d,1H); 620 carboxylic acid{phenyl[(pyridin-2- 4.63(d, 1H);ylmethylcarbamoyl]methyl}amide 4.47(d, 1H); 2.58(q, 2H); 1.14(t, 3H) 144(S)-2-[(4′-Ethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.35(d, 1H); 563carboxylic acid(phenylpyridin-2-yl-methyl)amide 2.60(q, 2H); 1.15(t, 3H)145 2-[(4′-Ethylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.48(d, 1H); 562carboxylic acid benzhydrylamide 2.60(q, 2H); 1.15(t, 3H) 146(S)-2-[(4′-Propylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.13(d, 0.3H);665 carboxylic acid{[(4-fluorobenzyl)- 6.08(d, 0.7H);methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 2.90(s, 0.9H); 2.85(s, 2.1H); 2.52(t,2H); 1.52(m, 2H); 0.76(t, 3H) 147(S)-2-[(4′-Propylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 5.92(d, 1H);651 carboxylic acid[(4-fluorobenzyl- 4.30(m, 2H);carbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 2.50(t, 2H); 1.52(m, 2H); 0.77(t, 3H) 148(S)-2-[(4′-Propylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.12(m, 1H);648 carboxylic acid[(methylpyridin-2-yl- 3.03(s, 0.9H);methylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 3.00(s, 2.1H); 2.53(t, 2H); 1.53(m,2H); 0.76(t, 3H) 149(S)-2-[(4′-Propylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.36(d, 1H);577 carboxylic acid(phenylpyridin-2-yl-methyl)amide 2.54(t, 2H); 1.53(m,2H); 0.78(t, 3H) 150(S)-2-[(4′-Methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.14(d, 0.3H);653 carboxylic acid{[(4-fluorobenzyl)- 6.08(d, 0.7H);methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 3.74(s, 3H); 2.90(s, 0.9H); 2.86(s,2.1H) 151 (S)-2-[(4′-Methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6-5.70(d, 1H); 639 carboxylic acid[(4-fluorobenzyl- 4.41(d, 2H);carbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 3.74(s, 3H) 152(S)-2-[(4′-Methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.12(m, 1H);636 carboxylic acid[(methylpyridin-2-yl- 3.75(s, 3H);methylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 3.03(s, 0.9H); 3.00(s, 2.1H) 153(S)-2-[(4′-Methoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.35(d, 1H);565 carboxylic acid(phenylpyridin-2-yl-methyl)amide 3.75(s, 3H) 154(S)-2-[(4′-Benzyloxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.67(d, 1H);715 carboxylic acid[(4-fluoro- 5.00(s, 2H);benzylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 4.43(m, 2H) 155(S)-2-[(4′-Ethoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.14(d, 0.3H);667 carboxylic acid{[(4-fluorobenzyl)- 6.08(d, 0.7H);methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 3.83(m, 2H); 2.81(s, 2.1H);2.72(0.9H); 1.22(t, 3H) 156(S)-2-[(4′-Ethoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 5.65(d, 1H);653 carboxylic acid[(4-fluorobenzyl- 4.44(m, 2H);carbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 3.98(q, 2H); 1.34(t, 3H) 157(S)-2-[(4′-Ethoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.12(m, 1H);650 carboxylic acid[(methylpyridin-2-yl- 3.93(m, 2H);methylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 2.99(s, 2.1H); 2.97(s, 0.9H); 1.29(t,3H) 158 (S)-2-[(4′-Ethoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.36(d,1H); 579 carboxylic acid(phenylpyridin-2-yl-methyl)amide 3.94(q, 2H);1.32(t, 3H) 159 2-[(4′-Ethoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6-6.49(d, 1H); 578 carboxylic acid benzhydrylamide 3.97(q, 2H); 1.34(t,3H) 160 (S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6-6.14(d, 0.3); 681 carboxylic acid{[(4-fluoro- 6.08(0.7H);benzyl)methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 4.48(m, 1H); 2.83(s, 2.1H);2.77(s, 0.9H); 1.23(d, 6H) 161(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.84(d, 1H);667 carboxylic acid[(4-fluoro- 4.47(m, 1H);benzylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 4.35(m, 2H); 1.24(d, 6H) 162(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.13(m, 1H);664 carboxylic acid[(methyl-pyridin-2- 4.40(m, 1H)ylmethylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 163(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.12(m, 1H);731 carboxylic acid{[methyl(4- 4.48(m, 1H);trifluoromethylbenzyl)carbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 2.94(s, 0.9H);2.91(s, 2.1H); 1.22(d, 6H) 164(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.84(d, 1H);717 carboxylic acid[phenyl(4- 1.23(d, 6H)trifluoromethylbenzylcarbamoyl)methyl]amide 165(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.09(m, 1H);699 carboxylic acid{[(5-chloro-pyridin-2- 4.71(m, 2H);ylmethyl)methylcarbamoyl]-phenylmethyl}-amide 4.48(m, 1H); 3.01(s,0.9H); 3.00(s, 2.1H); 1.24(m, 6H) 166(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.75(d, 1H);685 carboxylic acid{[(5-chloro-pyridin-2- 1.23(d, 6H)ylmethyl)carbamoyl]phenylmethyl} amide 167(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.13(d,0.7H); 732 carboxylic acid{[methyl(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-6.06(0.3H); ylmethyl)carbamoyl]phenyl-methyl}amide 4.46(m, 1H); 3.04(s,3H); 1.22(d, 6H) 168(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.77(d, 1H);718 carboxylic acid{phenyl[(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2- 4.72(dd, 1H);ylmethyl)carbamoyl]methyl}-amide 4.60(dd, 1H); 4.48(m, 1H); 1.23(d, 6H)169 (S)-2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.35(d,1H); 593 carboxylic acid(phenyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)amide 4.45(m, 1H);1.23(d, 6H) 170 2-[(4′-Isopropoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl-amino]quinoline-6-6.50(d, 1H); 592 carboxylic acid benzhydrylamide 4.49(m, 1H); 1.23(d,6H) 171 (S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)aminoquinoline-6-6.13(d, 0.3H); 695 carboxylic acid{[(4-fluoro- 6.09(d, 0.7H);benzyl)methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 2.90(s, 0.9H); 2.86(s, 2.1H);1.13(s, 9H) 172(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.88(d,1H); 681 carboxylicacid[(4-fluoro- 4.36(m, 2H);benzylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 1.14(s, 9H) 173(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.11(d,1H); 678 carboxylicacid[(methyl-pyridin-2- 3.04(s, 0.9H);ylmethylcarbamoyl)phenylmethyl]amide 2.99(s, 2.1H); 1.11(s, 9H) 174(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butoxy-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 6.37(d,1H); 607 carboxylic acid(phenyl-pyridin-2-yl-methyl)amide 1.14(s, 9H)175 2-[(4′-tert-Butoxybiphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]quinoline-6- 6.50(d,1H); 606 carboxylic acid benzhydrylamide 1.15(s, 9H) 176(S)-2-[(4′-Methylsulfanylbiphenyl-2- 6.14(d, 0.3H); 669carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6-carboxylicacid{[(4-fluoro- 6.09(d, 0.7H);benzyl)methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide 2.91(s, 0.9H); 2.86(s, 2.1H);2.41(s, 3H) 177(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6- 5.58(d, 1H);571 carboxylic acid(methyl-carbamoylphenylmethyl)amide 2.86(d, 3H);1.23(s, 9H) 178 (R)-2-(2-Cyclopentylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic6.41(d, 1H); 464 acid(1-phenylethyl)amide 5.35(m, 1H); 3.41(m, 1H);1.61(d, 3H) 179 (S)-2-(2-Cyclopentylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic(CD₃OD)8.43(m, 2H); 493 acid(carbamoylphenylmethyl)-amide 5.71(s, 1H);3.38(m, 1H); 180(S)-2-(2-Cyclopentylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic 5.65(d, 1H);535 acid(isopropylcarbamoyl-phenylmethyl)amide 5.59(d, 1H); 4.00(m, 1H);3.38(m, 1H); 1.07(d, 3H); 0.98(d, 3H) 181(R)-2-(2-Cyclohexylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic 6.48(d, 1H); 478acid(1-phenylethyl)amide 5.40(m, 1H); 3.04(m, 1H); 1.65(d, 3H) 182(S)-2-(2-Cyclohexylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic 5.75(d, 1H); 507acid(carbamoylphenylmethyl)-amide 3.01(m, 1H) 183(S)-2-(2-Cyclohexylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic 5.61(d, 1H); 549acid(isopropylcarbamoyl-phenylmethyl)amide 4.15(m, 1H); 3.07(m, 1H);1.20(d, 3H); 1.09(d, 3H) 184(S)-2-(2-Cyclohexylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic 5.69(d, 1H); 563acid(tert-butylcarbamoyl-phenylmethyl)amide 3.07(m, 1H); 1.31(s, 9H) 185(S)-2-(2-Cyclohexylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic 6.10(d, 0.5H);549 acid[(ethylmethylcarbamoyl)-phenylmethyl]amide 6.06(d, 0.5H);3.06(m, 1H); 3.01(s, 1.5H); 2.93(s, 1.5H); 1.15(t, 1.5H); 0.97(t, 1.5)186 (S)-2-(2-Cyclohexylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic 6.18(d,0.3H); 611 acid[(benzylmethylcarbamoyl)-phenylmethyl]amide 6.14(d,0.7H); 3.07(m, 1H); 2.95(s, 0.9H); 2.89(8, 2.1H) 1873-(2-{[2-(2-Cyclohexylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6- 5.56(d, 1H); 669carbonyl]amino}-2-phenylacetylamino)-propionic acid benzyl 5.05(s, 2H);ester 3.55(m, 2H); 3.04(m, 1H); 2.56(m, 2H) 188(S)-2-(2-Cyclohexylbenzoylamino)-quinoline-6-carboxylic 6.40(d, 1H); 541acid(phenylpyridin-2-yl-methyl)amide 3.08(m, 1H) 189(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 6.36(d,2H); 622 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(phenyl-pyridin-2-yl-methyl)-amide3.81(s, 3H); s, 9H) 190(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 3.81(s,3H); 710 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid{[(4-fluoro-benzyl)-methyl- 2.90(s,0.9H); carbamoyl]-phenyl-methyl}-amide 2.86(s, 1.9H); 1.15(s, 9H) 191(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 3.40(s,3H); 692 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid[(methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl- 3.03(s,0.9H); carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 1.15(s, 9H) 192(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 4.47(m,2H), 678 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid{phenyl-[(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-3.83(s, 3H); carbamoyl]-methyl}-amide 1.16(s, 9H) 193(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methoxy-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 4.42(m,2H); 695 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid[(4-fluoro-benzylcarbamoyl)- 3.81(s,3H); phenyl-methyl]-amide 1.16(3, 9H) 194(S)-2-[(6-Methoxy-4′-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 3.77(s, 3H);667 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid{[(4-fluoro-benzyl)-methyl- 2.88(s, 0.9H);carbamoyl]-phenyl-methyl}-amide 2.869s, 1.9H); 2.26(s, 3H) 195(S)-2-[(6-Methyl-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 6.11(m, 1H);688 amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid[(methyl-pyridin-2- 3.02(s, 1.2H);ylmethyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 3.00(s, 2.8H) 196(S)-2-[(6-Methyl-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 6.36(d, 1H);617 amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(phenyl-pyridin-2-yl- 2.03(s, 3H)methyl)-amide 197(R)-2-[(6-Methyl-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 5.34dq, 1H);554 amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid(1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide 2.15(s, 3H)198 (S)-2-[(6-Methyl-4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)- 6.10(m,1H); 705 amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid{[(4-fluoro-benzyl)-methyl-4.75(m, 2H); carbamoyl]-phenyl-methyl}-amide 2.90(s, 1.1H); 2.86(s,2.9H) 199 (R)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-6.35(d, 1H); 605quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(phenyl-pyridin-2-yl-methyl)-amide 2.21(s,3H); 1.78(s, 9H) 200(R)-2-[(4′-Isopropyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 6.37(d, 1H);591 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(phenyl-pyridin-2-yl-methyl)-amide 2.20(s,3H); 1.10(d, 6H) 201(R)-2-[(6,4′-Dimethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 6.35(d,1H); 563 6-carboxylic acid(phenyl-pyridin-2-yl-methyl)-amide 2.30(s,3H); 2.18(s, 3H) 202(S)2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 6.12(m, 1H);676 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid[(methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl- 4.76(m, 2H);carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 3.01(s, 1.2H); 2.99(s, 1.8H), 2.19(s,3H), 1.16(s, 9H) 203(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 6.12(m, 1H);663 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid[(methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl- 4.74(m, 2H);carbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 3.02(s, 0.9H); 2.99(5, 2.1H), 2.20(s,3H), 1.08(d, 6H) 204(S)-2-[(6,4′-Dimethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 6.14(m,1H); 634 6-carboxylicacid[(methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-carbamoyl)- 4.78(m,2H); phenyl-methyl]-amide 3.01(s, 1H); 3.00(s, 2H), 2.28(s, 3H), 2.17(s,3H) 205 (S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-6.13(d, 0.25H); 693quinoline-6-carboxylicacid{[(4-fluoro-benzyl)-methyl- 6.08(d, 0.75H);carbamoyl]-phenyl-methyl}-amide 2.90(s, 0.75H); 2.85(s, 2.5H) 206(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 6.14(d,0.25H); 679 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid{[(4-fluoro-benzyl)-methyl-6.08(d, 0.75H); carbamoyl]-phenyl-methyl}-amide 4.6(s, 2H); 2.87(s,0.75H), 2.85(s, 2.25H), 2.18(s, 3H) 207(S)-2-[(6,4′-Dimethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 6.05(m,1H); 651 6-carboxylicacid{[(4-fluoro-benzyl)-methyl-carbamoyl]- 4.5(m,2H); phenyl-methylj-amide 2.90(s, 1H); 2.86(s, 2H) 208(R)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 5.11(dt,1H); 556 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(1-phenyl-propyl)-amide 2.21(s, 3H);1.17(s, 9H) 209 ′PF-02406189::(R)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-5.37(m, 1H); 542carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid(1-phenyl-ethyl)- 2.21(s,3H); amide 1.63(d, 3H); 1.17(s, 9H) 210′PF-02406190:(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2- 5.82(d, 1H); 679carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid[(4-fluoro- 4.36(d, 2H);benzylcarbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-amide 2.20(s, 1H); 1.17(s, 9H) 211(S)-2-[(6,4′-Dimethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 5.78(d,1H); 620 6-carboxylicacid{phenyl-[(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-carbamoyl]-4.69(dd, 1H); methylj-amide 4.52(dd, 1.2H); 2.29(s, 3H), 2.17(s, 3H) 212(S)-2-[(6,4′-Dimethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline- 5.79(d,1H); 637 6-carboxylicacid[(4-fluoro-benzylcarbamoyl)-phenyl-methyl]-4.36(d, 2H); amide 2.28(s, 3H), 2.16(s, 3H) 213(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 5.71(d, 1H);quinoline-6-carboxylicacid[(4-fluoro-benzylcarbamoyl)- 4.41(d, 2H);phenyl-methyl]-amide 2.20(s, 3H), 1.11(d, 6H) 214(S)-2-[(4′-Isopropyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 5.77(d, 1H);648 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid{phenyl-[(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)- 4.65(dd,1H); carbamoyl]-methyl}-amide 4.50(dd, 1H); 2.21(s, 3H), 1.16(s, 6H) 215(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butyl-6-methyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]- 5.78(d, 1H);662 quinoline-6-carboxylicacid{phenyl-[(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)- 4.66(dd,1H); carbamoyl]-methyl}-amide 4.50(dd, 1H); 2.21(s, 3H), 1.17(s, 9H)

Solid Amorphous Dispersion Formulations MTPI Dispersion ExamplesFormulation Example 1

The following process was used to form a spray-dried solid amorphousdispersion containing 25 wt % the compound of Example 1 (“Compound 1”)and 75 wt % HPMCAS-HG (hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate,AQOAT-HG, available from Shin Etsu, Tokyo, Japan). First, a spraysolution was formed containing 1.25 wt % of Compound 1, 3.75 wt %HPMCAS-HG, and 95 wt % acetone as follows. Compound 1 and acetone werecombined in a container and mixed for about 2 hours, allowing thecompound to dissolve. Next, HPMCAS-HG was added directly to thismixture, and the mixture stirred for an additional 2 hours. This mixturewas then passed through a filter with a screen size of 200 μm, thusforming the spray solution.

The spray solution was pumped using a high-pressure pump to a spraydrier (a Niro type XP Portable Spray-Drier with a Liquid-Feed ProcessVessel (“PSD-1”)), equipped with a pressure nozzle (Spraying SystemsPressure Nozzle and Body) (SK 72-16). The PSD-1 was equipped with a9-inch chamber extension. The chamber extension was added to the spraydrier to increase the vertical length of the drier. The spray drier wasalso equipped with a 316 stainless steel circular diffuser plate with1/16-inch drilled holes, having a 1% open area. This small open areadirected the flow of the drying gas to minimize product recirculationwithin the spray drier. The nozzle sat flush with the diffuser plateduring operation. The spray solution was delivered to the nozzle atabout 190 g/min at a pressure of 140 psig. The pump was followed by apulsation dampener to minimize pulsation at the nozzle. Drying gas(e.g., nitrogen) was delivered to the diffuser plate at a flow rate of1800 g/min, and an inlet temperature of 105° C. The evaporated solventand wet drying gas exited the spray drier at a temperature of 45° C. Thespray-dried solid amorphous dispersion formed by this process wascollected in a cyclone, then post-dried using a Gruenberg single-passconvection tray drier operating at 40° C. for 4 hours. The properties ofthe dispersion after secondary drying were as follows: FORMULATION TABLE1 Bulk Properties (After Secondary Drying) Value Bulk Specific Volume(cc/g) 4.9 Tapped Specific Volume (cc/g) 2.9 Hausner Ratio 1.7 MeanParticle Diameter (μm) 35 D₁₀, D₅₀, D₉₀ (μm) 12, 31, 62 Span(D₉₀−D₁₀)/D₅₀ 1.6 Residual Acetone (Before Secondary Drying) 2.1%* 10 vol % of the particles have a diameter that is smaller than D₁₀; 50vol % of the particles have a diameter that is smaller than D₅₀, and 90vol % of the particles have a diameter that is smaller than D₉₀.

Formulation Example 2

A solid amorphous dispersion of 25 wt % of the compound of Example 1(“Compound 1”) and 75 wt % HPMCAS-HG was also prepared using a “mini”spray-drier. A spray solution was prepared by dissolving 25 mg Compound1 and 75 mg HPMCAS in 20 g of acetone. The mini spray-drier consisted ofan atomizer in the top cap of a vertically oriented 11-cm diameterstainless steel pipe. The atomizer was a two-fluid nozzle (SprayingSystems Co. 1650 fluid cap and 64 air cap), where the atomizing gas wasnitrogen delivered to the nozzle at 70° C. and a flow rate of 15 gm/min,and the solution to be spray dried was delivered to the nozzle at roomtemperature and a flow rate of 1.3 mL/min using a syringe pump. Filterpaper with a supporting screen was clamped to the bottom end of the pipeto collect the solid spray-dried material and allow the nitrogen andevaporated solvent to escape.

Formulation Example 3

The following process was used to form a spray-dried solid amorphousdispersion containing 25 wt % of the compound of Example 135 (“Compound135”) and 75 wt % HPMCAS-HG. First, a spray solution was formedcontaining 9.89 g Compound 135, 29.67 g HPMCAS-HG, and 525.58 g acetone.The spray solution was added to a tank and pressurized using compressednitrogen to pass the solution through a pressure-swirl atomizer (Schlick#2 pressure nozzle) located in a spray-drying chamber.

The spray-drying chamber consisted of three sections: a top section, astraight-side section, and a cone section. The top section had adiameter of 10.875 inches (27.6 cm), and was equipped with a drying-gasinlet and a spray-solution inlet. The top section also contained anupper perforated plate and a lower perforated plate for dispersing thedrying gas within the spray-drying chamber. The upper perforated plateextended across the diameter of the top section and formed an upperchamber in the top section of the spray-drying chamber. The upperperforated plate contained 0.0625-inch (0.16 cm) diameter holes at auniform spacing of 0.5 inches (1.27-cm). The lower perforated plateextended across the diameter of the top section of the spray-dryingchamber and formed a lower chamber of the top section of thespray-drying chamber. The lower perforated plate contained 0.0625-inch(0.16 cm) diameter holes at a uniform spacing of 0.25 inches (0.64-cm).The drying gas entered the upper chamber in the top section through thedrying-gas inlet and then passed through the holes in the upperperforated plate. The drying gas then entered the lower chamber andpassed through the holes in the lower perforated plate. The drying gasthen entered the straight side section of the spray-drying chamber.

The spray solution was fed to the spray-drying chamber through thespray-solution inlet. The pressure-swirl atomizer was mounted flush withthe bottom of the lower perforated plate. The spray solution was thensprayed into the straight-side section of the spray-drying chamber. Thestraight-side section had a diameter of 10.5 inches (26.7 cm) and alength of 31.75 inches (80.6 cm). The flow rate of drying gas and spraysolution were selected such that the atomized spray solution wassufficiently dry by the time it reached the walls of the straight-sidesection that it did not stick to the walls.

The so-formed solid particles were collected in the cone section of thespray-drying chamber. The cone section had an angle of 58 degrees. Thediameter of the cone section at the top was 10.5 inches (26.7 cm), andthe distance from the top of the cone section to the bottom was 8.625inches (21.9 cm). At the bottom of the cone section was a 1-inch(2.54-cm) diameter outlet port.

The spray-dried particles, evaporated solvent, and drying gas wereremoved from the spray-drying chamber through the outlet port and sentto a cyclone separator where the spray-dried particles were collected.The evaporated solvent and drying gas were then sent to a filter forremoval of any remaining particles before discharge.

To form the spray-dried dispersion, the spray solution was delivered tothe nozzle at a pressure of about 140 psi and at a flow rate of about 37g/min. Drying gas (nitrogen) entered the spray-drying chamber at a flowof about 425 g/min and an inlet temperature of about 1110C. Theevaporated solvent and drying gas exited the spray drier at atemperature of 45° C. The resulting solid amorphous dispersion wascollected in a cyclone.

Formulation Example 4

A solid amorphous dispersion of 25 wt % of the compound of Example 135(“Compound 135”) and 75 wt % HPMCAS-HG was also prepared using a “mini”spray-drier using the procedures described for the dispersion ofFormulation Example 2 with the following exceptions. The spray solutionwas prepared by dissolving 20 mg Compound 135 and 60 mg HPMCAS in 8 g ofacetone. The atomizing gas was nitrogen delivered to the nozzle at 70°C. and a flow rate of about 8 gm/min, and the solution to be spray driedwas delivered to the nozzle at room temperature and a flow rate of 0.65mL/min using a syringe pump. Filter paper with a supporting screen wasclamped to the bottom end of the pipe to collect the solid spray-driedmaterial and allow the nitrogen and evaporated solvent to escape.

Formulation Example 5

A spray-dried solid amorphous dispersion containing 25 wt % of thecompound of Example 114 (“Compound 114”) and 75 wt % HPMCAS-HG wasformed using the procedures outlined in Fromulation Example 3 with thefollowing exceptions. The spray solution was formed containing 10.897 gCompound 114, 32.7 g HPMCAS, and 579.26 g acetone. The spray solutionwas added to a tank and pressurized using compressed nitrogen to passthe solution through a pressure-swirl atomizer (Schlick #2 pressurenozzle) located in the spray-drying chamber, as described above forFormulation Example 3.

To form the spray-dried solid amorphous, the spray solution wasdelivered to the nozzle at a pressure of about 150 psi, and at a flowrate of about 38 g/min. Drying gas (nitrogen) entered the spray-dryingchamber at a flow of about 425 g/min and an inlet temperature of about115° C. The evaporated solvent and drying gas exited the spray drier ata temperature of 45° C. The resulting solid amorphous dispersion wascollected in a cyclone.

Formulation Example 6

A solid amorphous dispersion of 25 wt % the compound of Example 114(“Compound 114”) and 75 wt % HPMCAS-HG was also prepared using a “mini”spray-drier using the procedures outlined for Example 2 with thefollowing exceptions. A spray solution was prepared by dissolving 20 mgCompound 114 and 60 mg HPMCAS in 8 g of acetone. The atomizing gas wasnitrogen delivered to the nozzle at 70° C. and a flow rate of about 8gm/min, and the solution to be spray dried was delivered to the nozzleat room temperature and a flow rate of 0.65 mL/min using a syringe pump.Filter paper with a supporting screen was clamped to the bottom end ofthe pipe to collect the solid spray-dried material and allow thenitrogen and evaporated solvent to escape.

Biological Assays

The utility of the compounds of the present invention aspharmaceutically active agents in the treatment of metabolic diseases(such as are detailed herein) in animals, particularly mammals (e.g.humans), is demonstrated by the activity of the compounds of the presentinvention in conventional assays and the in vitro and in vivo assaysdescribed below. Such assays also provide a means whereby the activitiesof the compounds of the present invention can be compared with theactivities of other known compounds. The results of these comparisonsare useful for determining dosage levels. All of the compounds listed inthe Examples section above were tested in either the Apo-B secretioninhibition assay or the MTP (canine) inhibition assay described below,and the IC₅₀ values for these compounds were found to be less than 200nM under the conditions of those assays.

Food Intake

Healthy, young adult (1 to 3 years of age) male and female beagles(Marshall Farms, North Rose, New York, N.Y. 14516) weighing 13-19 kg atthe start of the treatment period are employed as test subjects.

The test compound is provided as a powder. The dosing solution,administered by oral gavage, is provided employing aMiglyolo®/cremaphor/water 20/5/75 solution as the test vehicle.Miglyolo® IS available from Condea Vista Co., Cranford, N.J. The dosingsolution is prepared at 0.5 to 2 mg/mL activity so that 0.5 mL isdelivered per kg of body weight at dosages of 0.25 to 1 mg/kg. Followinga seven-day acclimation period, a four- to seven-day evaluation study iseffected.

The study consists of three groups of animals containing 2 male and 2female dogs each. Each group of four animals is randomly assigned toreceive 0.25, 0.5 or 1 mg/kg test compound. On Days 0 to 3 or 6, eachdog receives the dosing solution administered as a single dose at Time 0on each dosing day via a feeding tube. This is followed by a 10 mL waterrinse to ensure total delivery of dosing solution. Each test animal ispermitted ad libitum access to water and IAMS Mini-Chunkso (The lamsCompany, P.O. Box 14597, Dayton, Ohio) dry food each day during thestudy and approximately 0.5 to 1 hour post-dose.

Reduction in food intake is quantitated by weighing individual foodbowls each day prior to feeding and at the end of each 24-hourconsumption period during the acclimation period and again during thetreatment period. The difference between the weight of the full bowlprior to feeding and the weight of the bowl and amount of food remainingat the end of the 24-hour consumption period represents the reduction infood intake attributable to the test compound.

Apo B Secretion Inhibition

The ability of the compounds of the present invention to inhibit thesecretion of apo B can be determined using the following cell-basedassay, which measures the secretion of apo B in HepG2 cells.

HepG2 cells (ATCC, HB-8065, Manassas, Va.) are grown in Dulbecco'sModified Eagles Medium plus 10% fetal bovine serum (Growth medium;Gibco, Grand Island, N.Y.) in 96-well culture plates in a humidifiedatmosphere containing 5% carbon dioxide until they are approximately 70%confluent. Test compounds are dissolved at 10 mM in dimethyl sulfoxide(DMSO). From this stock, the initial dose concentration is prepared in70% EtOH and subsequent serial dilutions made in 70% EtOH with DMSO at aconcentration equivalent to the initial dilution. Dilutions of testcompounds are prepared at 1 00x the desired final concentation and areadded in triplicate to separate wells of a 96-well culture platecontaining HepG2 cells. Forty hours later, growth medium is collectedand assayed by specific enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) forApo B. Inhibitors are identified as compounds that decrease Apo Bsecretion into the medium. The ELISA assay for Apo B is performed asfollows: Polyclonal antibody against human Apo B (Chemicon, Temecula,Calif.) is diluted 1:1000 in carbonate-bicarbonate buffer (Pierce,Rockford, Ill.) and 10011L are added to each well of a 96-well plate(NUNC Maxisorb, Rochester, N.Y.). After 5 hours incubation at roomtemperature, the antibody solution is removed and wells are washed fourtimes with phosphate buffered saline (PBS)/0.05% Tween® 20 (Tween® 20 isavailable from Cayman Chemical Co., Ann Arbor Mich.). Non-specific siteson the plastic are blocked by incubating wells for 1 to 1.5 hours in asolution of 0.5% (w/v) bovine serum albumin (BSA), 0.1% Tweeno 20 madein PBS. One hundred microliters (100 μL) of a 1:20 dilution of growthmedium from the HepG2 cells (made in 0.004% Tween® 20/1% BSA in PBS) areadded to each well and incubated for 3 hours at room temperature. Wellsare aspirated and washed four times (0.05% Tween® 20 in PBS) prior toadding 100 μL of a 1/1000 dilution (−5 μg/mL) of the secondary antibody,mouse anti-human Apo B (Chemicon, Temecula, Calif.). After 2 hoursincubation at room temperature, this solution is aspirated and the wellsare again washed 4 times as above. One hundred microliters (100 L) of a1:10,000dilution (in PBS/1% BSA/0.1% Tween® 20) ofperoxidase-conjijgated affinpure goat anti-mouse IgG (H+ L) (JacksonImmunoResearch Laboratories, Bar Harbor, Me.)) are then added to eachwell and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. After aspirating, thewells are washed 4 times as above and 50 μl of 1-step Ultra TMB(tetramethylbenzidine) ELISA reagent (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) are addedto each well and incubated for 5 minutes. The reaction is stopped by theaddition of 50jiL of 2M H₂SO₄ and absorbance of each well is read at 450nm. Percent inhibition is calculated using absorbance fromvehicle-treated supernatants minus the absorbance from media alone asthe total or 100% value. The percent inhibition at each concentration oftest compound is imported into GraphPad Prism software and IC₅₀ valuesare determined.

MTP (Canine) Inhibition

This assay determines the ability of a compound to inhibit triglyceridetransfer catalyzed by canine MTP. This assay is based on measuring thetransfer rate of ¹⁴C from a donor liposome to an acceptor liposome(which is labeled with ³H).

(a). Canine Hepatic Microsome Isolation:

Canine microsomes are first isolated from canine liver by thawing frozenliver on ice and rinsing several times with 0.25 M sucrose. A 50% liverhomogenate (w/v) is made in 0.25 M sucrose. The homogenate is diluted1:1 with 0.25 M sucrose, and centrifuged at 10,000 g at 4° C. for 20minutes. The supernatant is saved. The pellet is re-suspended in aminimal volume of 0.25 M sucrose and re-centrifuged at 10,000 g for 20minutes at 4° C. The supernatants are combined and centrifuged at105,000g for 75 minutes at 4° C. The supernatant is discarded and theresulting microsomal pellet is saved. The microsomal pellet isre-suspended in a minimum volume of 0.25 M sucrose and diluted to 3 mLper gram liver weight in 0.15M Tris-HCl, pH=8.0. The resultingsuspension is divided into 12 tubes and centrifuged at 105,000 g for 75minutes. The resulting microsomal pellets are stored at −80° C. untilneeded.

MTP is isolated by thawing the microsomal pellet tube and suspending itin 12 mL/tube of cold 50 mM Tris-HCl, 50 mM KCl, 2 mM MgCl pH=7.4, andslowly adding 1.2 mL of a 0.54% deoxycholate pH=7.4 solution. After a30-minute incubation on ice with gentle mixing, the solution iscentrifuged at 105,000 g for 75 minutes at 4° C. The supernatantcontaining soluble MTP, is dialyzed for 2-3 days with 5 changes of assaybuffer (15.0 mM Tris-HCl, 40 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 0.02% NaN3 pH=7.4).

(b). MTP Activity Assay Reagents:

Donor liposomes are created by adding 447 μM egg phosphatidylcholine(68111/20 mLs), 83 μM bovine heart cardiolipin (169 μl/20 mLs) and 0.91μM [¹⁴C]triolein (110 Ci/mol) (20R^(1/20) mLs). The lipids are availablein chloroform and are first dried under nitrogen and then hydrated inassay buffer to the volume needed. To create liposomes, lipids aresonicated for ˜7 minutes. Lipids are centrifuged at 105,000 g for 2hours and liposomes are harvested by removing the top ˜80% ofsupernatant into separate tube.

Acceptor liposomes are created by adding 1.33 mM egg phosphatidylcholine(404 μl/40 mLs), 2.6 μM triolein (100 μl/40 mLs) and 0.5 nM [³H]eggphosphatidylcholine (50 Ci/mol) (10 μl/40 mLs). The lipids are availablein chloroform and are first dried under nitrogen and then hydrated inassay buffer to the volume needed. To create liposomes, lipids aresonicated for ˜20 minutes. Lipids are centrifuged at 105,000 g for 2hours and are harvested by removing the top ˜80% of supernatant intoseparate tube.

(c). MTP In Vitro Lipid Transfer Inhibition Assay:

Appropriately diluted drug or control samples in 100 μl assay buffercontaining 5% BSA are added to reaction tubes containing assay buffer,50 μl donor liposomes, 100 μl acceptor liposomes, and partially purifiedliver MTP. The tubes are vortexed and incubated on a tube shaker for 1hour at 37° C. to allow lipid transfer reaction to occur. Donorliposomes are precipitated by adding 300 μl of a 50% (w/v) DEAEcellulose suspension in assay buffer to each tube. The tubes arecentrifuged at ˜1000 rpm to pellet resin. 400 μ of supernatant istransferred into a scintillation vial with scintillation fluid and DPMcounts for both [³H] and [¹⁴C] are determined. Triolein transfer iscalculated by comparing the amount of [¹⁴C] and [³H] remaining in thesupernatant to [¹⁴C] and [³H] in the original donor and acceptorliposomes, respectively. % TrioleinTransfer=([¹⁴C]supernatant/[¹⁴C]donor)×([³H]acceptor/[³H]supernatant)×100IC₅₀ values are obtained using standard methods and first order kineticcalculations.

Fat Absorption Inhibition

Healthy female CF1 mice (Charles River) weighing 18-20 grams uponarrival are employed as test subjects. The mice are housed in groups of10 in standard caging, and are allowed to acclimate for one week priorto testing. Mice are fasted overnight in a separate procedure room priorto testing. Each treatment group typically consists of 5 mice.

The test compounds are preferably provided as a powder in a glass vial.The dosing solution (0.10 ml/25g body weight) administered by oralgavage consists of an emulsion of Miglyol® 812 (20%), Cremaphor® (5%)and water (75%). An appropriate volume of Miglyol® (available fromCondea Vista Co., Cranford, N.J.) is first added to the test compound,and the vial is vortexed for approximately 1 minute. The appropriatevolume of Cremaphor is then added, and the vial is again vortexed asbefore. The appropriate volume of water is added, and an emulsion isformed by vortexing and briefly sonicating.

Hamster liquid diet (Bioserve F0739) (dose volume 0.5 ml/25g bodyweight) is prepared by adding (for every 10 mL needed) 2.5 grams liquiddiet powder, 10 mL water and 5 microcuries glycerol-3H-trioleate(Amersham TRA1 91) to a laboratory blender. The mixture is then blendedat high speed for approximately 1 minute. The liquid diet is stored at4° C. until needed. Sample tubes are weighed (Falcon 15 ml polypropyleneconical). Three milliliters of 2.5N KOH is added to each tube.

Following overnight fasting, each mouse is dosed (see above volumes)with test compound followed immediately by liquid diet. Positive (aknown potent MTP inhibitor) and negative control groups (vehicle) areincluded in each assay. One scintillation vial is sham-dosed every 30mice in order to determine the activity of the initial bolus.

At two hours post dose the mice are euthanized by carbon dioxideinhalation, the abdominal cavity opened, and the small intestinesremoved and placed in the KOH conical tube. Each tube is then weighed.Tubes containing intestines are then placed in a 75° C. water bath for1.5-2 hours. Following saponification, the tubes are vortexed and 200 μLsaponate placed in a 20 mL liquid scintillation vial. Samples aredecolorized (for 30 minutes) by adding 2001L of 30% (w/w) hydrogenperoxide. Each sample is neutralized by the addition of 2001L of 3N HCL.Ten milliliters of Ready Safe® (Beckman) liquid scintillation fluid areadded and the samples are counted on a Beckman Coulter LS 6500scintillation system.

The calculations are carried out as follows:weight of saponate=weight of tube (KOH+intestine)−weight of empty tubesaponate fraction=0.22/saponate weight (density of the saponate=1.1g/mL; therefore the weight of the aliquot is equal to 0.22 g)total DPM for the entire intestine=DPM of sample/saponate fraction

The initial bolus DPM is calculated by averaging the counts from thesham-dosed scintillation vials.The fraction of bolus recovered from the intestine (percentrecovery)=total DPM/bolus count.

Percent recovery from each test group=average of percent recovery fromeach mouse.

Interpretation of results:

To compare efficacy of test compounds, an ED₂₅ for intestinal fatabsorption is calculated. The (average) percent triglyceride recovery(percent unabsorbed and remaining in the intestine) of the vehiclecontrol group is adjusted to equal 0%, and the (average) percentrecovery of the compound control group is adjusted to equal 100%. Thesame calculations are applied to the percent recovery values obtainedfor test compounds and an adjusted percent recovery is obtained (%recovery of the test sample— % recovery of vehicle control group/(%recovery of positive control group— % recovery of vehicle controlgroup)). An ED₂₅ is then calculated by plotting a graph of compoundconcentration vs. adjusted percent recovery.

Serum Triglyceride Lowering

Healthy female CF1 mice (Charles River) weighing 18-20 grams uponarrival are employed as test subjects. The mice are housed in groups of10 in standard caging, and were allowed to acclimate for one week priorto testing. Mice are fasted overnight in a separate procedure room priorto testing. Each treatment group typically consists of 10 mice.

The test compound is preferably provided as a powder in a glass vial.The dosing solution (0.250 mL/25g body weight) administered by oralgavage consists of an emulsion of Miglyolo® 812 (40%), Cremaphoro (10%)and water (50%). An appropriate volume of Miglyolo® (available fromCondea Vista Co., Cranford, N.J.) is first added to the test compound,and the vial vortexed for approximately 1 minute. Next, the appropriatevolume of Cremaphor is added, and the vial again vortexed as previously.The appropriate volume of water is then added and an emulsion is formedby vortexing and briefly sonicating.

Following overnight fasting, each mouse is dosed (see above volumes)with test compound. At 1-hour post dose the mice are euthanized bycarbon dioxide inhalation and blood collected for triglyceridequantitation.

Serum triglyceride values are quantitated using a colorimetric endpointassay (Wako Triglyceride E kit # 432-4021) on a Spectra Max 250 platereader with Softmax Pro software. All samples are run in duplicate.

For comparison of triglyceride values, the percent change from controlis calculated. The average triglyceride value of the test compound groupis divided by the average triglyceride value of the vehicle group,multiplied by 100 and then subtracted from 100%. The ED₂₅ value is thencalculated by plotting a graph of compound concentration versus percentchange from control.

The relative values of the ED₂₅ for triglyceride lowering and the ED₂₅for inhibition of intestinal fat absorption are used as a means tocompare selectivity of the test compounds.

1. A compound of Formula (I)

wherein: R¹ is a group of the formula R^(1a) or R^(1b)

and is attached to the 2 or 3 position of the quinoline group of Formula(I); m is an integer from 0 to 2; n is an integer from 0 to 4; p is aninteger from 0 to 5; q is an integer from 0 to 3; r is a bond or aninteger from 1 to 3; X is —N— or —C(R^(a))— where R^(a) is H or R⁹; X¹is —N— or —C(Rb)_where Rb is H or R⁷; R², R⁷, R⁸ and R⁹ are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —CN,(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, alkoxyalkyl- having 2 to 4 carbon atoms,halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-,(C₁-C₄)alkylthio-, hydroxy(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, benzyloxy-, (C₂-C₄)alkenyl,(C₂-C₄)alkynyl, —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹), —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)CO₂R¹²,—N(R¹¹)S(O)_(s)R¹², —C(O)R¹², —CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹², —SO₂N(R^(c))(R¹¹) and—S(O)_(v)R¹²; each R^(c) is independently H or (C₁-C₄)alkyl; s is theinteger 1 or 2; v is an integer from 0 to 2; R³ and R⁴ are each H or aretaken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form acarbonyl group; R⁵ and R¹⁰ are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halo-substituted (C₁-C₄)alkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, —C(O)R¹², alkoxyalkyl- having 2 to 4 carbon atoms,alkylthioalkyl- having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and —SO₂R¹²; R⁶ is(C₁-C₁₀)alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH and —CN,or R⁶ is pyridyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl- in which the pyridyl andphenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group areoptionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, halo-substituted (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, halo, —OHand —CN, or R⁶ is (C₂-C₁₀)alkenyl, (C₂-C₁₀)alkynyl, —CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³),—C(O)N(R⁴)(R¹⁵), —CO₂R²⁰ or —CH₂—W—Y where W is —O— or —S—; and Y isselected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl andphenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, where the (C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)R¹²,—C(O)OR¹², —OC(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); the(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group and the cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkylgroup are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halo, oxo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN,—CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)OR¹² and —OR¹²; and the phenyl group and the phenylmoiety of the phenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1 to 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)OR¹² and —OR¹²; each R¹¹ isindependently selected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl,(C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₄)alkyl- having 3 to 5 carbon atoms and(C₁-C₃)alkylthio(C₂-C₄)alkyl- having 3 to 5 carbon atoms; each R¹² isindependently (C₁-C₄)alkyl or (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, where the (C₁-C₄)alkylis optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, halo, —OH, —CN,—CF₃ and —OCF₃; R¹³ is selected from the group consisting of(C₃-C₆)alkyl, phenylmethyl-, —C(O)R¹⁶ and —S(O)₂R¹⁶; R¹⁴ is selectedfrom the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl and phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, wherethe (C₁-C₆)alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo,oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹²—C(O)R¹², —CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹²,—N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); the (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group andthe cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group are optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halo, oxo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and—OR¹²; and the phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkylgroup are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; R¹⁵ is selected fromthe group consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl, (C₂-C₆)alkenyl, (C₂-C₆)alkynyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl,phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, pyridyl, pyridyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, —C(O)R¹² and—SO₂R¹²; where the (C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)R¹², —C(O)OH,—C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅, —C(O)OCH₂C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹), —C(O)OR¹², —OC(O)R¹²,—N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); and the phenyl group and thephenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹,—C(O)OH, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅ and —C(O)OR¹²; or R¹⁵ is —(CH₂)_(t)N(R¹⁷)(R¹⁸)where t is an integer from 2 to 4 and R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ are taken togetherwith the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocyclicring containing 3 to 6 ring-atoms in which rings containing 5 or 6ring-atoms are optionally substituted with oxo and optionally include anadditional heteroatom moiety selected from the group consisting of —O—,—S— and —N(R¹⁹)—; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together with the nitrogenatom to which they are attached to form a heterocyclic ring containing 3to 6 ring-atoms in which rings containing 5 or 6 ring-atoms areoptionally substituted with oxo and optionally include an additionalheteroatom moiety selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and—N(R¹⁹)—; R¹⁹ is H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl or halo-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl; R¹⁶ is(C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, where the (C₁-C₆)alkylgroup is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and(C₁-C₄)alkylthio; and the phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of thephenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₄)alkyland (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-; and R²⁰ is selected from the group consisting of(C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyland phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-; where the (C₁-C₆)alkyl group is optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹²—C(O)R¹²,—CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); the(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group and the cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkylgroup are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halo, oxo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN,—CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; and the phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of thephenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof or a prodrug of said compound or said salt. 2.The compound of claim 1 in which X is —C(R^(a))— and X¹ is —C(R^(b))—;R¹ is attached to the 2 position of the quinoline group; R^(a) and R^(b)are each H, the —C(O)N(R¹⁰)— moiety in R¹ is attached to the 2 or 3position of R¹; and the R⁸-bearing phenyl group or the (C₄-C₇)cycloalkylgroup is attached to the 2 or 3 position of R¹ not occupied by—C(O)N(R¹⁰)—; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 3. Thecompound of claim 2 in which each R¹¹ is independently selected from thegroup consisting of H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and fluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-;and each R¹² is independently (C₁-C₄)alkyl optionally substituted with 1to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of(C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and halo; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.4. The compound of claim 3 in which p is 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1, q is 0 or1 and n is 0 or 1; the —C(O)N(R¹⁰)— moiety in R¹ is attached to the 3position of R¹, and the R⁸-bearing phenyl group or the (C₄-C₇)cycloalkylgroup is attached to the 2 position of R¹; and, where m is 1, R² isselected from the group consisting of F, Cl, —CH₃ and —CF₃; where q is1, R⁹ is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, —CH₃ and —CF₃;where n is 1, R⁷ is selected from the group consisting of from halo,—OH, —CN, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, alkoxyalkyl- having 2 to 4carbon atoms, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl- andhalo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-; R⁸ is selected from the group consistingof from halo, —OH, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, alkoxyalkyl- having 2to 4 carbon atoms, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-,halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, benzyloxy-, (C₂-C₄)alkenyl, and—S(O)_(v)R¹²; R⁵ and R¹⁰ are independently selected from the groupconsisting of H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and halo-substituted(C, C₄)alkyl-; and R⁶is (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH and —CN,or R⁶ is pyridyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl- in which the phenylgroup and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group is optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-,(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, halo, —OH and —CN, or R⁶ is —CH₂—W—Y, —CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³),—C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵) or —CO₂R²⁰ where R¹³ is phenylmethyl-, —C(O)R¹⁶ or—S(O)₂R¹⁶; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 5. Thecompound of claim 4 in which R¹ is R^(1a); and R⁸ is selected from thegroup consisting of from halo, —OH, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-,alkoxyalkyl- having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-,halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-; or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.
 6. The compound of claim 5 in which n is 0 or 1, and where n is1, R⁷ is selected from the group consisting of from F, Cl, Br,(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, fluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl- andfluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-; and R⁸ is selected from the groupconsisting of from F, Cl, Br, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-,fluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl- and fluoro-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-; ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 7. A compound of claim 6 ofFormula (IA)

where R⁵ and R¹⁰ are independently H or —CH₃; n is 0 or 1 and, where nis 1, R⁷ is selected from the group consisting of Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,(C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and —CF₃; R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and —CF₃ and is attached at the 4 positionof the phenyl ring in Formula (IA); or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof.
 8. The compound of claim 7 in which R⁶ is (C₁-C₁₀)alkyloptionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halo, —OH and —CN, and R³ and R⁴ are takentogether with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form acarbonyl group; n is 0 or 1, and, where n is 1, R⁷ is selected from thegroup consisting of Cl, —CF₃, —CH₃, and —OCH₃ and is attached at the 5or 6 position of the X¹-bearing ring in Formula (IA); and R⁸ is(C₁-C₄)alkyl or —CF₃; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 9.The compound of claim 8 where R⁶ is (C₁-C₈)alkyl and n is 0; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 10. The compound of claim 7 inwhich R⁶ is pyridyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl- in which the phenylgroup and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group are optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-,(C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and halo, and R³ and R⁴ are taken together with thecarbon atom to which they are attached to form a carbonyl group; n is 0and R⁸ is (C₁-C₄)alkyl or —CF₃; or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.
 11. The compound of claim 10 where R⁶ is pyridyl; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 12. The compound of claim 7 inwhich R⁶ is —CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³), —CH₂—W—Y or —CO₂R²⁰; R¹³ is —C(O)R¹⁶; R³and R⁴ are taken together with the carbon atom to which they areattached to form a carbonyl group; n is 0; R⁸ is (C₁-C₄)alkyl or —CF₃and is attached at the 4 position of the phenyl ring; R¹⁶ is(C₁-C₆)alkyl; W is 0; Y is selected from the group consisting of H,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl-, where the Y phenyl group and thephenyl moiety of the phenylmethyl group are optionally substituted with1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofF, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and —CF₃; and R²⁰ is (C₁-C₆)alkyl optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of F, Cl, —OH and —C(O)R¹²; or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof.
 13. The compound of claim 7 in which R⁶ is—C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵); and R³ and R⁴ are taken together with the carbon atomto which they are attached to form a carbonyl group; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 14. The compound of claim 13in which n is 0; R¹⁴ is selected from the group consisting of H,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyland phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, where the R¹⁴ (C₁-C₆)alkyl group is optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of F, Cl, —OH, —OCF₃, and —OR¹²; the R¹⁴(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group and the cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkylgroup are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of F, Cl, oxo, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, —OH,—CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; and the R¹⁴ phenyl group and the phenyl moiety ofthe phenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1 to 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl,(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, —OH, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; R¹⁵ isselected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl,phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, pyridyl, pyridyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, —C(O)R¹² and—SO₂R¹²; where the R¹⁵ (C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionally substituted with1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofF, Cl, oxo, —OH, —OCF₃, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅,—C(O)OCH₂C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹), —C(O)OR², and —OR¹²; and the R¹⁵ phenylgroup and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group are optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃,—OCF₃, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅ and —C(O)OR¹²; or R¹⁵ is—(CH₂)_(t)N(R¹⁷)(R¹⁸) where t is an integer from 2 to 4 and R¹⁷ and R¹⁸are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached toform a heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 6 ring-atoms in which ringscontaining 5 or 6 ring-atoms are optionally substituted with oxo andoptionally include an additional heteroatom moiety selected from thegroup consisting of —O—, —S— and —N(R¹⁹)—; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are takentogether with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form aheterocyclic ring containing 3 to 6 ring-atoms in which rings containing5 or 6 ring-atoms are optionally substituted with oxo and optionallyinclude an additional heteroatom moiety selected from the groupconsisting of —O—, —S— and —N(R¹⁹)—; and R¹⁹ is H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl orhalo-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl-; or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.
 15. The compound of claim 14 in which n is 0; R⁸ is(C₁-C₄)alkyl or —CF₃; R¹⁴ is H or (C₁-C₄)alkyl optionally substitutedwith 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of F and Cl; R¹⁵ is selected from the group consisting of H,(C₁-C₈)alkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl,phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, pyridyl and pyridyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-; where the(C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, oxo, —OH,—OCF₃, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅ and —C(O)OR¹²; and the phenyl group andthe phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group are optionally substitutedwith 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃,—OCF₃, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅, and —C(O)OR¹²; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are takentogether with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form aheterocyclic ring containing 3 to 6 ring-atoms in which rings containing5 or 6 ring-atoms optionally include an additional heteroatom moietyselected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —N(R¹⁹)— where R¹⁹ is(C₁-C₄)alkyl or F-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-; or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof.
 16. The compound of claim 15 in which R¹⁴ is Hor (C₁-C₄)alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 F atoms; R¹⁵ isselected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl,(C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-,pyridyl and pyridyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, where the R¹⁵ (C₁-C₈)alkyl group isoptionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of F, oxo, —OH, —OCF₃, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅ and—C(O)OR¹² and the phenyl moiety of the R¹⁵ phenylalkyl group isoptionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, —OH,—CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅ and —C(O)OR²; or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof.
 17. The compound of claim 16 in which R¹⁴ is Hor (C₁-C₄)alkyl; R¹⁵ is selected from the group consisting of H,(C₁-C₈)alkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₆)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-,phenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, and pyridyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-; where the R¹⁵(C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of F, oxo, —OH and—C(O)OR²; and the phenyl moiety of the R¹⁵ phenylalkyl group isoptionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of F, Cl, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, —OH,—CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)OCH₂C₆H₅ and —C(O)OR¹2; or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof.
 18. A compound of Formula (IA-1 aa)

in which R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of —CF₃, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,(C₁-C₄)alkoxy, benzyloxy, (C₂-C₄)alkenyl and —S(O)_(v)R¹² in which v is0 or 2; R⁵ and R¹⁰ are independently H or —CH₃; R¹⁴ is H, —CH₃ or —C₂H₅;R¹⁵ is H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl, benzyl or 4-F-benzyl-, where the R¹⁵(C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of F and —C(O)OR¹²; andeach R¹² is independently (C₁-C₄)alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof.
 19. The compound of claim 18 of Formula (IA-1a)

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 20. The compound of claim19 in which in which R¹⁵ is H or (C₁-C₆)alkyl, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof.
 21. The compound of claim 18 in which R⁸ is(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 22. Thecompound of claim 21 in which R¹⁵ is benzyl or 4-F-benzyl, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 23. The compound of theformula

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 24. The compound(S)-2-[(4′-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-quinoline-6-carboxylicacid (pentylcarbamoyl-phenyl-methyl)-amide or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof.
 25. The compound of the formula

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 26. The compound(S)-2-[(4′-tert-Butylbiphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]quinoline-6-carboxylicacid {[(4-fluorobenzyl)methylcarbamoyl]phenylmethyl}amide or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 27. A compound of Formula (I)

wherein: R¹ is a group of the formula

and is attached to the 2 or 3 position of the quinoline group of Formula(I); m is an integer from 0 to 2; n is an integer from 0 to 4; p is aninteger from 1 to 5; q is an integer from 0 to 3; X is —N— or —C(R^(a))—where R^(a) is H or R⁹; X¹ is —N— or —C(R^(b))— where R^(b) is H orR⁷R², R⁷, R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of halo, —OH, —CN, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, alkoxyalkyl-having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl-,halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, (C₁-C₄)alkylthio- hydroxy(C₁-C₄)alkyl-,(C₂-C₄)alkenyl, (C₂-C₄)alkynyl, —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹), —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹²,—N(R¹¹)CO₂R¹², —N(R¹¹)S(O)_(s)R¹², —C(O)R¹², —CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹²,—SO₂N(R^(c))(R¹¹) and —S(O)_(v)R¹²; each R^(c) is independently H or(C₁-C₄)alkyl; s is the integer 1 or 2; v is an integer from 0 to 2; R³and R⁴ are each H or are taken together with the carbon atom to whichthey are attached to form a carbonyl group; R⁵ and R¹⁰ are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,halo-substituted (C, C₄)alkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, —C(O)R¹², alkoxyalkyl-having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, alkylthioalkyl- having 2 to 4 carbon atomsand —SO₂R¹²; R⁶ is (C₁-C₁₀)alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo,—OH and —CN, or R⁶ is pyridyl, phenyl or phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl- in whichthe pyridyl and phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkylgroup are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, halo-substituted (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, halo, —OHand —CN, or R⁶ is (C₂-C₁₀)alkenyl, (C₂-C₁₀)alkynyl, —CH₂N(R^(c))(R¹³),—C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵), —CO₂R²⁰ or —CH₂—W—Y where W is —O— or —S—; and Y isselected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl andphenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, where the (C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)R¹²,—C(O)OR¹², —OC(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R′″); the(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group and the cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkylgroup are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halo, oxo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN,—CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)OR¹² and —OR¹²; and the phenyl group and the phenylmoiety of the phenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1 to 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —C(O)OR¹² and —OR¹²; each R¹¹ isindependently selected from the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,halo-substituted(C₁-C₄)alkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl,(C₁-C₃)alkoxy(C₂-C₄)alkyl- having 3 to 5 carbon atoms and(C₁-C₃)alkylthio(C₂-C₄)alkyl- having 3 to 5 carbon atoms; each R¹² isindependently (C₁-C₄)alkyl or (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, where the (C₁-C₄)alkylis optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-, halo, —OH, —CN,—CF₃ and —OCF₃; R¹³ is selected from the group consisting of(C₃-C₆)alkyl, phenylmethyl-, —C(O)R¹⁶ and 16; —S(°)₂R¹⁶; R¹⁴ is selectedfrom the group consisting of H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl and phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, wherethe (C₁-C₆)alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo,oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)R¹², —CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹²,—N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); the (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group andthe cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group are optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halo, oxo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and—OR¹²; and the phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkylgroup are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; R¹⁵ is selected fromthe group consisting of H, (C₁-C₈)alkyl, (C₂-C₆)alkenyl, (C₂-C₆)alkynyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl,phenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, pyridyl, pyridyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, —C(O)R¹² and—SO₂R¹², where the (C₁-C₈)alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —O CF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)R¹², —C(O)OR¹²,—OC(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); and the phenyl groupand the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group are optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃,—OCF₃ and —OR¹²; or R¹⁵ is —(CH₂)_(t)N(R¹⁷)(R¹⁸) where t is an integerfrom 2 to 4 and R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ are taken together with the nitrogen atom towhich they are attached to form a heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 6ring-atoms in which rings containing 5 or 6 ring-atoms are optionallysubstituted with oxo and optionally include an additional heteroatommoiety selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —N(R¹⁹)—; orR¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they areattached to form a heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 6 ring-atoms inwhich rings containing 5 or 6 ring-atoms are optionally substituted withoxo and optionally include an additional heteroatom moiety selected fromthe group consisting of —O—, —S— and —N(R¹⁹)—; R¹⁹ is H, (C₁-C₆)alkyl orhalo-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl; R¹⁶ is (C₁-C₆)alkyl, phenyl orphenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl-, where the (C₁-C₆)alkyl group is optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halo, —CN, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy- and (C₁-C₄)alkylthio, andthe phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of the phenylalkyl group areoptionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₄)alkyl and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy-; andR²⁰ is selected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl, (C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, phenyl andphenyl(C₁-C₆)alkyl-, where the (C₁-C₆)alkyl group is optionallysubstituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halo, oxo, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹², —C(O)R¹²,—CO₂R¹², —OC(O)R¹², —N(R¹¹)C(O)R¹² and —C(O)N(R^(c))(R¹¹); the(C₃-C₇)cycloalkyl group and the cycloalkyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkylgroup are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halo, oxo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, —OH, —CN,—CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR²; and the phenyl group and the phenyl moiety of thephenylalkyl group are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy-, —OH, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃ and —OR¹²; a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof or a prodrug of said compound or said salt. 28.A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of claim 1 or 27or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable excipient, diluent or carrier.
 29. The pharmaceuticalcomposition of claim 28 which comprises a therapeutically effectiveamount of said compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; anda pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier.
 30. Thecomposition of claim 28 further comprising at least one additionalpharmaceutical agent where said additional pharmaceutical agent is anantihypertensive agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, a lipid-loweringagent, a cholesterol-lowering agent, an antidiabetes agent or ananti-obesity agent.
 31. A method of treating obesity in an animal, whichcomprises administering to an animal in need of such treatment atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1 or 27 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 32. The method of claim 31 inwhich said compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt is administeredin combination with at least one additional pharmaceutical agent. 33.The method of claim 32 in which said additional pharmaceutical agent isanother anti-obesity agent.
 34. A method of treating obesity in ananimal, which comprises administering to an animal in need of suchtreatment a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of theformula

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 35. A method of treatingobesity in an animal, which comprises administering to an animal in needof such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of the compound ofthe formula

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 36. The method of claim34 or 35 in which said compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt isadministered in combination with at least one additional pharmaceuticalagent.
 37. The method of claim 36 in which said additionalpharmaceutical agent is another anti-obesity agent.
 38. A compound ofFormula (F-1)

wherein R², R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, X, m, p, and q are as defined in claim 1 and—OR²¹ is a leaving group that is displaceable with —OH under conditionsof acid- or base-catalyzed hydrolysis or —OR²¹ is —OH; or a salt of thecompound where —OR²¹ is —OH; or of Formula (D)

or of Formula (D-G)

wherein R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, X¹ and n are as defined in claim
 1. 39. The compoundof claim 38 of Formula (F-1′)

where R⁸ is —CF₃ or (C₁-C₄)alkyl and R² is H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl or benzyl orR² is H; or a salt of the compound where R²¹ is H; or of Formula (D)

or of Formula (D-G₁)

wherein R⁶ is (C₁-C₈)alkyl, 2-pyridyl or —C(O)N(R¹⁴)(R¹⁵) in which R¹⁴is H, —CH₃ or —C₂H₅) and R¹⁵ is (C₁-C₈)alkyl, benzyl or 4-fluorobenzyl.